]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - ld/ldlang.c
stat_alloc casts
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include "bfd.h"
23 #include "libiberty.h"
24 #include "filenames.h"
25 #include "safe-ctype.h"
26 #include "obstack.h"
27 #include "bfdlink.h"
28
29 #include "ld.h"
30 #include "ldmain.h"
31 #include "ldexp.h"
32 #include "ldlang.h"
33 #include <ldgram.h>
34 #include "ldlex.h"
35 #include "ldmisc.h"
36 #include "ldctor.h"
37 #include "ldfile.h"
38 #include "ldemul.h"
39 #include "fnmatch.h"
40 #include "demangle.h"
41 #include "hashtab.h"
42 #include "elf-bfd.h"
43 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
44 #include "plugin.h"
45 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
46
47 #ifndef offsetof
48 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
49 #endif
50
51 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
52 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
53 of two, so we can use shifts. */
54 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
55 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
56
57 /* Local variables. */
58 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
59 static struct obstack map_obstack;
60
61 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
62 #define obstack_chunk_free free
63 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
64 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
65 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
66 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
67 static bfd_vma print_dot;
68 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
69 static const char *current_target;
70 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
71 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
72 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
73 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
74 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
75 lang_statement_union). */
76 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
77 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
78 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
79 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
80 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
81 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
82
83 /* Forward declarations. */
84 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
85 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
86 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
87 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
88 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
89 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
90 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statements (void);
93 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
94 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
95 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
96 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
97 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
98 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
99 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
100
101 /* Exported variables. */
102 const char *output_target;
103 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
104 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
105 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
106 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
107 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
108 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
109 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
110 lang_statement_union). */
111 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
112 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
113 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
114 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
115 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
116 lang_statement_union). */
117 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
118 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
119 const char *entry_section = ".text";
120 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
121 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
122 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
123 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
124 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
125 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
126 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
127 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
128 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
129 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
130
131 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
132 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
133 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
134
135 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
136 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
137 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
138 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
139 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
140 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
141
142 #define new_stat(x, y) \
143 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
144
145 #define outside_section_address(q) \
146 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
147
148 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
149 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
150
151 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
152
153 void *
154 stat_alloc (size_t size)
155 {
156 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
157 }
158
159 static int
160 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
161 {
162 if (wildcardp (pattern))
163 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
164 return strcmp (pattern, name);
165 }
166
167 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
168 separator. If not, return NULL. */
169
170 static char *
171 archive_path (const char *pattern)
172 {
173 char *p = NULL;
174
175 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
176 return p;
177
178 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
179 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
180 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
181 return p;
182
183 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
184 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
185 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
186 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
187 #endif
188 return p;
189 }
190
191 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
192 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
193
194 static bfd_boolean
195 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
196 lang_input_statement_type *f)
197 {
198 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
199
200 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
201 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
202 && ((sep != file_spec)
203 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
204 {
205 match = TRUE;
206
207 if (sep != file_spec)
208 {
209 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
210 *sep = 0;
211 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
212 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
213 }
214 }
215 return match;
216 }
217
218 static bfd_boolean
219 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
220 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
221 {
222 struct unique_sections *unam;
223 const char *secnam;
224
225 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
226 && sec->owner != NULL
227 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
228 return !(os != NULL
229 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
230
231 secnam = sec->name;
232 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
233 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
234 return TRUE;
235
236 return FALSE;
237 }
238
239 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
240
241 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
242 false. */
243
244 static bfd_boolean
245 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
246 lang_input_statement_type *file)
247 {
248 struct name_list *list_tmp;
249
250 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
251 list_tmp;
252 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
253 {
254 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
255
256 if (p != NULL)
257 {
258 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
259 return TRUE;
260 }
261
262 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
263 return TRUE;
264
265 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
266 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
267 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
268 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
269 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
270 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
271 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
272 return TRUE;
273 }
274
275 return FALSE;
276 }
277
278 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
279 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
280 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
281 function is very fast. */
282
283 static void
284 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
285 lang_input_statement_type *file,
286 asection *s,
287 struct wildcard_list *sec,
288 callback_t callback,
289 void *data)
290 {
291 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
292 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
293 return;
294
295 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
296 }
297
298 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
299 but slowly. */
300
301 static void
302 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
303 lang_input_statement_type *file,
304 callback_t callback,
305 void *data)
306 {
307 asection *s;
308 struct wildcard_list *sec;
309
310 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
311 {
312 sec = ptr->section_list;
313 if (sec == NULL)
314 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
315
316 while (sec != NULL)
317 {
318 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
319
320 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
321 {
322 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
323
324 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
325 }
326
327 if (!skip)
328 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
329
330 sec = sec->next;
331 }
332 }
333 }
334
335 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
336 than one section with that name, we report that. */
337
338 typedef struct
339 {
340 asection *found_section;
341 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
342 } section_iterator_callback_data;
343
344 static bfd_boolean
345 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
346 {
347 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
348
349 if (d->found_section != NULL)
350 {
351 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
352 return TRUE;
353 }
354
355 d->found_section = s;
356 return FALSE;
357 }
358
359 static asection *
360 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
361 struct wildcard_list *sec,
362 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
363 {
364 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
365
366 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
367 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
368 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
369 return cb_data.found_section;
370 }
371
372 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
373 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
374
375 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
376 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
377
378 static bfd_boolean
379 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
380 {
381 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
382 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
383 }
384
385 static bfd_boolean
386 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
387 {
388 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
389 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
390 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
391 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
392 return FALSE;
393
394 pattern += 4;
395 name += 4;
396 while (*pattern != '*')
397 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
398 return FALSE;
399
400 return TRUE;
401 }
402
403 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
404 section name NAME. */
405
406 static unsigned long
407 get_init_priority (const char *name)
408 {
409 char *end;
410 unsigned long init_priority;
411
412 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
413 attribute with numerical values 101 and 65535 inclusive. A
414 lower value means a higher priority.
415
416 1: .init_array.NNNN/.fini_array.NNNN: Where NNNN is the
417 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
418 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
419 .fini_array is backward.
420 2: .ctors.NNNN/.dtors.NNNN: Where NNNN is 65535 minus the
421 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
422 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
423 is forward.
424 */
425 if (strncmp (name, ".init_array.", 12) == 0
426 || strncmp (name, ".fini_array.", 12) == 0)
427 {
428 init_priority = strtoul (name + 12, &end, 10);
429 return *end ? 0 : init_priority;
430 }
431 else if (strncmp (name, ".ctors.", 7) == 0
432 || strncmp (name, ".dtors.", 7) == 0)
433 {
434 init_priority = strtoul (name + 7, &end, 10);
435 return *end ? 0 : 65535 - init_priority;
436 }
437
438 return 0;
439 }
440
441 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
442
443 static int
444 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
445 {
446 int ret;
447 unsigned long ainit_priority, binit_priority;
448
449 switch (sort)
450 {
451 default:
452 abort ();
453
454 case by_init_priority:
455 ainit_priority
456 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec));
457 binit_priority
458 = get_init_priority (bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
459 if (ainit_priority == 0 || binit_priority == 0)
460 goto sort_by_name;
461 ret = ainit_priority - binit_priority;
462 if (ret)
463 break;
464 else
465 goto sort_by_name;
466
467 case by_alignment_name:
468 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
469 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
470 if (ret)
471 break;
472 /* Fall through. */
473
474 case by_name:
475 sort_by_name:
476 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
477 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
478 break;
479
480 case by_name_alignment:
481 ret = strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (asec->owner, asec),
482 bfd_get_section_name (bsec->owner, bsec));
483 if (ret)
484 break;
485 /* Fall through. */
486
487 case by_alignment:
488 ret = (bfd_section_alignment (bsec->owner, bsec)
489 - bfd_section_alignment (asec->owner, asec));
490 break;
491 }
492
493 return ret;
494 }
495
496 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
497 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
498 of sections are large. */
499
500 static lang_section_bst_type **
501 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
502 struct wildcard_list *sec,
503 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
504 asection *section)
505 {
506 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
507
508 tree = &wild->tree;
509 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
510 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
511 {
512 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
513 while (*tree)
514 tree = &((*tree)->right);
515 return tree;
516 }
517
518 while (*tree)
519 {
520 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
521 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
522 tree = &((*tree)->left);
523 else
524 tree = &((*tree)->right);
525 }
526
527 return tree;
528 }
529
530 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
531
532 static void
533 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
534 struct wildcard_list *sec,
535 asection *section,
536 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
537 lang_input_statement_type *file,
538 void *output)
539 {
540 lang_section_bst_type *node;
541 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
542 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
543
544 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
545
546 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
547 return;
548
549 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
550 node->left = 0;
551 node->right = 0;
552 node->section = section;
553
554 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
555 if (tree != NULL)
556 *tree = node;
557 }
558
559 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
560
561 static void
562 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
563 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
564 void *output)
565 {
566 if (tree->left)
567 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
568
569 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
570 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
571
572 if (tree->right)
573 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
574
575 free (tree);
576 }
577
578 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
579 wildcards */
580
581 static void
582 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
583 lang_input_statement_type *file,
584 callback_t callback,
585 void *data)
586 {
587 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
588 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
589 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
590 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
591 get processed in the bfd's order. */
592 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
593 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
594 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
595
596 if (multiple_sections_found)
597 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
598 else if (s0)
599 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
600 }
601
602 static void
603 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
604 lang_input_statement_type *file,
605 callback_t callback,
606 void *data)
607 {
608 asection *s;
609 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
610
611 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
612 {
613 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
614 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
615
616 if (!skip)
617 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
618 }
619 }
620
621 static void
622 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
623 lang_input_statement_type *file,
624 callback_t callback,
625 void *data)
626 {
627 asection *s;
628 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
629 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
630 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
631 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
632
633 if (multiple_sections_found)
634 {
635 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
636 return;
637 }
638
639 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
640 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
641 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
642 {
643 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
644 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
645 wildspec1. */
646 if (s == s0)
647 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
648 else
649 {
650 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
651 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
652
653 if (!skip)
654 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
655 data);
656 }
657 }
658 }
659
660 static void
661 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
662 lang_input_statement_type *file,
663 callback_t callback,
664 void *data)
665 {
666 asection *s;
667 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
668 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
669 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
670 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
671 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
672
673 if (multiple_sections_found)
674 {
675 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
676 return;
677 }
678
679 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
680 {
681 if (s == s0)
682 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
683 else
684 {
685 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
686 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
687
688 if (!skip)
689 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
690 else
691 {
692 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
693 if (!skip)
694 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
695 data);
696 }
697 }
698 }
699 }
700
701 static void
702 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
703 lang_input_statement_type *file,
704 callback_t callback,
705 void *data)
706 {
707 asection *s;
708 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
709 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
710 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
711 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
712 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
713 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
714
715 if (multiple_sections_found)
716 {
717 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
718 return;
719 }
720
721 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
722 if (multiple_sections_found)
723 {
724 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
725 return;
726 }
727
728 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
729 {
730 if (s == s0)
731 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
732 else
733 if (s == s1)
734 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
735 else
736 {
737 const char *sname = bfd_get_section_name (file->the_bfd, s);
738 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
739 sname);
740
741 if (!skip)
742 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
743 data);
744 else
745 {
746 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
747 if (!skip)
748 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
749 callback, data);
750 }
751 }
752 }
753 }
754
755 static void
756 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
757 lang_input_statement_type *file,
758 callback_t callback,
759 void *data)
760 {
761 if (file->flags.just_syms)
762 return;
763
764 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
765 }
766
767 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
768 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
769 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
770 first wildcard character. */
771
772 static bfd_boolean
773 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
774 {
775 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
776 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
777 size_t min_prefix_len;
778
779 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
780 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
781 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
782 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
783 prefix1_len++;
784 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
785 prefix2_len++;
786
787 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
788
789 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
790 }
791
792 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
793 statements. */
794
795 static void
796 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
797 {
798 int sec_count = 0;
799 int wild_name_count = 0;
800 struct wildcard_list *sec;
801 int signature;
802 int data_counter;
803
804 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
805 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
806 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
807 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
808 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
809 ptr->tree = NULL;
810
811 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
812 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
813 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
814 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
815 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
816 ending in a single '*'. */
817 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
818 {
819 ++sec_count;
820 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
821 return;
822 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
823 {
824 ++wild_name_count;
825 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
826 return;
827 }
828 }
829
830 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
831 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
832 happen in practice. */
833 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
834 return;
835
836 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
837 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
838 {
839 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
840 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
841 {
842 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
843 return;
844 }
845 }
846
847 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
848 switch (signature)
849 {
850 case 0x0100:
851 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
852 break;
853 case 0x0101:
854 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
855 break;
856 case 0x0201:
857 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
858 break;
859 case 0x0302:
860 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
861 break;
862 case 0x0402:
863 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
864 break;
865 default:
866 return;
867 }
868
869 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
870 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
871 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
872 given order, because we've already determined that no section
873 will match more than one spec. */
874 data_counter = 0;
875 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
876 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
877 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
878 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
879 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
880 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
881 }
882
883 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
884
885 static void
886 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
887 lang_input_statement_type *f,
888 callback_t callback,
889 void *data)
890 {
891 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
892 return;
893
894 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
895 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
896 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
897 else
898 {
899 bfd *member;
900
901 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
902 archive separately. */
903 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
904 while (member != NULL)
905 {
906 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
907 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
908 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
909 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
910 lang_input_statement. */
911 if (member->usrdata != NULL)
912 {
913 walk_wild_section (s,
914 (lang_input_statement_type *) member->usrdata,
915 callback, data);
916 }
917
918 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
919 }
920 }
921 }
922
923 static void
924 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
925 {
926 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
927 char *p;
928
929 if (file_spec == NULL)
930 {
931 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
932 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
933 {
934 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
935 }
936 }
937 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
938 {
939 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
940 {
941 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
942 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
943 }
944 }
945 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
946 {
947 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
948 {
949 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
950 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
951 }
952 }
953 else
954 {
955 lang_input_statement_type *f;
956
957 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
958 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
959 if (f)
960 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
961 }
962 }
963
964 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
965 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
966 with constraint set to -1. */
967
968 void
969 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
970 lang_statement_union_type *s)
971 {
972 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
973 {
974 func (s);
975
976 switch (s->header.type)
977 {
978 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
979 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
980 break;
981 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
982 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
983 lang_for_each_statement_worker
984 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
985 break;
986 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
987 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
988 s->wild_statement.children.head);
989 break;
990 case lang_group_statement_enum:
991 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
992 s->group_statement.children.head);
993 break;
994 case lang_data_statement_enum:
995 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
996 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
997 case lang_output_statement_enum:
998 case lang_target_statement_enum:
999 case lang_input_section_enum:
1000 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1001 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1002 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1003 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1004 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1005 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1006 break;
1007 default:
1008 FAIL ();
1009 break;
1010 }
1011 }
1012 }
1013
1014 void
1015 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1016 {
1017 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1018 }
1019
1020 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1021
1022 void
1023 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1024 {
1025 list->head = NULL;
1026 list->tail = &list->head;
1027 }
1028
1029 static void
1030 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
1031 void *element,
1032 void *field)
1033 {
1034 *(list->tail) = element;
1035 list->tail = field;
1036 }
1037
1038 void
1039 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1040 {
1041 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1042 abort ();
1043 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1044 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1045 }
1046
1047 void
1048 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1049 {
1050 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1051 abort ();
1052 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1053 }
1054
1055 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1056
1057 static lang_statement_union_type *
1058 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1059 size_t size,
1060 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1061 {
1062 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1063
1064 new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
1065 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1066 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1067 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1068 return new_stmt;
1069 }
1070
1071 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1072 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1073 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1074
1075 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1076 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1077 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1078 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1079
1080 static lang_input_statement_type *
1081 new_afile (const char *name,
1082 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1083 const char *target,
1084 bfd_boolean add_to_list)
1085 {
1086 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1087
1088 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1089
1090 if (add_to_list)
1091 p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1092 else
1093 {
1094 p = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_input_statement_type));
1095 p->header.type = lang_input_statement_enum;
1096 p->header.next = NULL;
1097 }
1098
1099 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1100 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1101 p->target = target;
1102 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1103 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1104 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1105 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1106 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1107
1108 switch (file_type)
1109 {
1110 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1111 p->filename = name;
1112 p->local_sym_name = name;
1113 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1114 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1115 break;
1116 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1117 p->filename = name;
1118 p->local_sym_name = name;
1119 break;
1120 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1121 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1122 {
1123 p->filename = name + 1;
1124 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1125 }
1126 else
1127 p->filename = name;
1128 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1129 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1130 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1131 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1132 break;
1133 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1134 p->filename = name;
1135 p->local_sym_name = name;
1136 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1137 break;
1138 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1139 p->filename = name;
1140 p->local_sym_name = name;
1141 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1142 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1143 break;
1144 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1145 p->filename = name;
1146 p->local_sym_name = name;
1147 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1148 break;
1149 default:
1150 FAIL ();
1151 }
1152
1153 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
1154 return p;
1155 }
1156
1157 lang_input_statement_type *
1158 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1159 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1160 const char *target)
1161 {
1162 if (name != NULL
1163 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1164 {
1165 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1166 char *sysrooted_name
1167 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1168 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1169 (const char *) NULL);
1170
1171 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1172 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1173 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1174 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1175 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1176 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1177 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1178 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1179 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1180 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1181 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1182 return ret;
1183 }
1184
1185 return new_afile (name, file_type, target, TRUE);
1186 }
1187
1188 struct out_section_hash_entry
1189 {
1190 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1191 lang_statement_union_type s;
1192 };
1193
1194 /* The hash table. */
1195
1196 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1197
1198 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1199 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1200
1201 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1202 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1203 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1204 const char *string)
1205 {
1206 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1207 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1208
1209 if (entry == NULL)
1210 {
1211 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1212 sizeof (*ret));
1213 if (entry == NULL)
1214 return entry;
1215 }
1216
1217 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1218 if (entry == NULL)
1219 return entry;
1220
1221 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1222 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1223 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1224 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1225 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1226 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1227 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1228 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1229
1230 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1231 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1232 field of the last element of the list. */
1233 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1234 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1235 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1236 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1237 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1238
1239 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1240 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1241 instead. */
1242 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1243 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
1244 return &ret->root;
1245 }
1246
1247 static void
1248 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1249 {
1250 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1251 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1252 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1253 61))
1254 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1255 }
1256
1257 static void
1258 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1259 {
1260 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1261 }
1262
1263 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1264
1265 void
1266 lang_init (void)
1267 {
1268 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1269
1270 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1271
1272 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1273
1274 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1275
1276 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1277 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1278 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1279 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1280 NULL);
1281 abs_output_section =
1282 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1283
1284 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1285
1286 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1287 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1288 }
1289
1290 void
1291 lang_finish (void)
1292 {
1293 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1294 }
1295
1296 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1297 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1298 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1299 syntax.
1300
1301 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1302
1303 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1304 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1305
1306 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1307 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1308 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1309 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1310 and so we issue a warning.
1311
1312 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1313 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1314 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1315 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1316 region. */
1317
1318 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1319 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1320 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1321
1322 lang_memory_region_type *
1323 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1324 {
1325 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1326 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1327 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1328
1329 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1330 if (name == NULL)
1331 return NULL;
1332
1333 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1334 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1335 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1336 {
1337 if (create)
1338 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1339 NULL, name);
1340 return r;
1341 }
1342
1343 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1344 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1345 NULL, name);
1346
1347 new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1348
1349 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1350 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1351 new_region->next = NULL;
1352 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1353 new_region->origin = 0;
1354 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1355 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1356 new_region->current = 0;
1357 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1358 new_region->flags = 0;
1359 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1360 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1361
1362 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1363 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1364
1365 return new_region;
1366 }
1367
1368 void
1369 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1370 {
1371 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1372 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1373 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1374
1375 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1376 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1377 the default memory region. */
1378 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1379 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1380 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1381
1382 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1383 in use. */
1384 region = NULL;
1385 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1386 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1387 {
1388 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1389 region = r;
1390 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1391 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1392 "alias `%s'\n"),
1393 NULL, alias);
1394 }
1395
1396 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1397 if (region == NULL)
1398 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1399 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1400 NULL, region_name, alias);
1401
1402 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1403 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1404 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1405 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1406 region->name_list.next = n;
1407 }
1408
1409 static lang_memory_region_type *
1410 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1411 {
1412 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1413
1414 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1415
1416 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1417 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1418 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1419
1420 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1421 {
1422 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1423 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1424 {
1425 return p;
1426 }
1427 }
1428 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1429 }
1430
1431 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1432
1433 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1434 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1435 {
1436 return get_userdata (output_section);
1437 }
1438
1439 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1440 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1441 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1442 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1443
1444 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1445 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1446 int constraint,
1447 bfd_boolean create)
1448 {
1449 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1450
1451 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1452 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1453 create, FALSE));
1454 if (entry == NULL)
1455 {
1456 if (create)
1457 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1458 return NULL;
1459 }
1460
1461 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1462 {
1463 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1464 constraint. */
1465 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1466
1467 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1468 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1469 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1470 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1471 but that shouldn't matter. */
1472 last_ent = entry;
1473 else
1474 do
1475 {
1476 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1477 || (constraint == 0
1478 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1479 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1480 last_ent = entry;
1481 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1482 }
1483 while (entry != NULL
1484 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1485
1486 if (!create)
1487 return NULL;
1488
1489 entry
1490 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1491 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1492 &output_section_statement_table,
1493 name));
1494 if (entry == NULL)
1495 {
1496 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1497 return NULL;
1498 }
1499 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1500 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1501 }
1502
1503 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1504 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1505 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1506 }
1507
1508 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1509 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1510 match any non-negative constraint. */
1511
1512 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1513 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1514 int constraint)
1515 {
1516 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1517 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1518 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1519 ((char *) os
1520 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1521 const char *name = os->name;
1522
1523 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1524 do
1525 {
1526 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1527 if (entry == NULL
1528 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1529 return NULL;
1530 }
1531 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1532 && (constraint != 0
1533 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1534
1535 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1536 }
1537
1538 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1539 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1540 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1541 sets *EXACT too. */
1542
1543 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1544 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1545 flagword sec_flags,
1546 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1547 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1548 {
1549 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1550 flagword look_flags, differ;
1551
1552 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1553 skip it. */
1554 first = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
1555 first = first->next;
1556
1557 /* First try for an exact match. */
1558 found = NULL;
1559 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1560 {
1561 look_flags = look->flags;
1562 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1563 {
1564 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1565 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1566 look->bfd_section,
1567 sec->owner, sec))
1568 continue;
1569 }
1570 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1571 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1572 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1573 found = look;
1574 }
1575 if (found != NULL)
1576 {
1577 if (exact != NULL)
1578 *exact = found;
1579 return found;
1580 }
1581
1582 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1583 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1584 {
1585 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1586 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1587 {
1588 look_flags = look->flags;
1589 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1590 {
1591 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1592 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1593 look->bfd_section,
1594 sec->owner, sec))
1595 continue;
1596 }
1597 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1598 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1599 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1600 found = look;
1601 }
1602 }
1603 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1604 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1605 {
1606 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1607 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1608 {
1609 look_flags = look->flags;
1610 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1611 {
1612 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1613 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1614 look->bfd_section,
1615 sec->owner, sec))
1616 continue;
1617 }
1618 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1619 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1620 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1621 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1622 | SEC_READONLY))
1623 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1624 found = look;
1625 }
1626 }
1627 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1628 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1629 {
1630 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1631 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1632 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1633
1634 match_type = NULL;
1635 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1636 {
1637 look_flags = look->flags;
1638 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1639 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1640
1641 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1642 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1643 {
1644 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1645 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1646 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1647 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1648 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1649 previous section. */
1650 break;
1651 found = look;
1652 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1653 }
1654 else if (seen_thread_local)
1655 break;
1656 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1657 found = look;
1658 }
1659 }
1660 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1661 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1662 {
1663 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1664 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1665 {
1666 look_flags = look->flags;
1667 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1668 {
1669 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1670 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1671 look->bfd_section,
1672 sec->owner, sec))
1673 continue;
1674 }
1675 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1676 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1677 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1678 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1679 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1680 found = look;
1681 }
1682 }
1683 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1684 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1685 {
1686 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1687 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1688 {
1689 look_flags = look->flags;
1690 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1691 {
1692 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1693 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1694 look->bfd_section,
1695 sec->owner, sec))
1696 continue;
1697 }
1698 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1699 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1700 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1701 found = look;
1702 }
1703 }
1704 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1705 {
1706 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1707 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1708 {
1709 look_flags = look->flags;
1710 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1711 {
1712 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1713 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1714 look->bfd_section,
1715 sec->owner, sec))
1716 continue;
1717 }
1718 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1719 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1720 found = look;
1721 }
1722 }
1723 else
1724 {
1725 /* non-alloc go last. */
1726 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1727 {
1728 look_flags = look->flags;
1729 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1730 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1731 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1732 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1733 found = look;
1734 }
1735 return found;
1736 }
1737
1738 if (found || !match_type)
1739 return found;
1740
1741 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1742 }
1743
1744 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1745 Used by place_orphan. */
1746
1747 static asection *
1748 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1749 {
1750 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1751
1752 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1753 {
1754 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1755 continue;
1756
1757 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1758 return lookup->bfd_section;
1759 }
1760
1761 return NULL;
1762 }
1763
1764 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1765 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1766 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1767 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1768 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1769 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1770 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1771 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1772 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1773 image symbols. */
1774
1775 static lang_statement_union_type **
1776 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1777 {
1778 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1779 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1780 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1781
1782 ignore_first = after == &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
1783
1784 for (where = &after->header.next;
1785 *where != NULL;
1786 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1787 {
1788 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1789 {
1790 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1791 if (assign == NULL)
1792 {
1793 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1794
1795 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1796 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1797 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1798 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1799 {
1800 if (!ignore_first)
1801 assign = where;
1802 ignore_first = FALSE;
1803 }
1804 }
1805 continue;
1806 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1807 case lang_input_section_enum:
1808 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1809 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1810 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1812 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1813 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1814 assign = NULL;
1815 ignore_first = FALSE;
1816 continue;
1817 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1818 if (assign != NULL)
1819 {
1820 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1821
1822 if (s == NULL
1823 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1824 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1825 where = assign;
1826 }
1827 break;
1828 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1829 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1830 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1831 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1832 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1833 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1834 continue;
1835 }
1836 break;
1837 }
1838
1839 return where;
1840 }
1841
1842 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1843 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1844 const char *secname,
1845 int constraint,
1846 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1847 struct orphan_save *place,
1848 etree_type *address,
1849 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1850 {
1851 lang_statement_list_type add;
1852 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1853 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1854
1855 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1856 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1857 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1858 if (after != NULL)
1859 {
1860 lang_list_init (&add);
1861 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1862 }
1863
1864 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1865 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1866 address = exp_intop (0);
1867
1868 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1869 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1870 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1871
1872 if (add_child == NULL)
1873 add_child = &os->children;
1874 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1875
1876 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1877 {
1878 const char *region = (after->region
1879 ? after->region->name_list.name
1880 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1881 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1882 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1883 : NULL);
1884 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1885 lma_region);
1886 }
1887 else
1888 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1889 NULL);
1890
1891 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1892 if (after != NULL)
1893 pop_stat_ptr ();
1894
1895 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1896 {
1897 asection *snew, *as;
1898 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1899 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1900
1901 snew = os->bfd_section;
1902
1903 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1904 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1905 if (place->section == NULL
1906 && after != &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement)
1907 {
1908 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1909
1910 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1911 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1912 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1913 output section. */
1914 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1915 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1916
1917 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1918 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1919 }
1920
1921 if (place->section == NULL)
1922 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1923
1924 as = *place->section;
1925
1926 if (!as)
1927 {
1928 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1929
1930 /* Unlink the section. */
1931 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1932
1933 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1934 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1935 }
1936 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1937 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1938 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1939 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1940 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1941 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1942 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1943 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1944 {
1945 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1946 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1947 section after a note section, */
1948 asection *sec;
1949 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1950 should be placed. */
1951 asection *after_sec;
1952 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1953 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1954 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1955
1956 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1957
1958 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1959 ascending order. */
1960 after_sec = NULL;
1961 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1962 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1963 {
1964 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1965 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1966 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1967
1968 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1969 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1970 (sec != NULL
1971 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1972 sec = sec->next)
1973 if (sec != snew
1974 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1975 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1976 {
1977 if (!first_orphan_note)
1978 first_orphan_note = sec;
1979 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1980 after_sec = sec;
1981 }
1982 else if (first_orphan_note)
1983 {
1984 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
1985 orphan note section. */
1986 break;
1987 }
1988
1989 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
1990 be placed at the default location. */
1991 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
1992 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1993 {
1994 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1995 alignments, place the section before all
1996 output orphan note sections. */
1997 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
1998 insert_after = FALSE;
1999 }
2000 }
2001 else if (first_orphan_note)
2002 {
2003 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2004 note sections. */
2005 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2006 after_sec = as;
2007 for (sec = as->next;
2008 (sec != NULL
2009 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2010 sec = sec->next)
2011 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2012 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2013 after_sec = sec;
2014 }
2015
2016 if (after_sec_note)
2017 {
2018 if (after_sec)
2019 {
2020 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2021 statement. */
2022 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2023 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2024 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2025 {
2026 next = stmt->next;
2027 if (insert_after)
2028 {
2029 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2030 {
2031 place_after = TRUE;
2032 found = TRUE;
2033 after = stmt;
2034 break;
2035 }
2036 }
2037 else
2038 {
2039 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2040 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2041 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2042 {
2043 place_after = TRUE;
2044 found = TRUE;
2045 after = stmt;
2046 break;
2047 }
2048 }
2049 }
2050
2051 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2052 statement. */
2053 if (!found)
2054 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2055 {
2056 if (insert_after)
2057 {
2058 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2059 {
2060 place_after = TRUE;
2061 after = stmt;
2062 break;
2063 }
2064 }
2065 else
2066 {
2067 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2068 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2069 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2070 {
2071 place_after = TRUE;
2072 after = stmt;
2073 break;
2074 }
2075 }
2076 }
2077 }
2078
2079 if (after_sec == NULL
2080 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2081 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2082 {
2083 /* Unlink the section. */
2084 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2085
2086 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2087 prepend SNEW. */
2088 if (after_sec)
2089 {
2090 if (insert_after)
2091 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2092 after_sec, snew);
2093 else
2094 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2095 after_sec, snew);
2096 }
2097 else
2098 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2099 }
2100 }
2101 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2102 {
2103 /* Unlink the section. */
2104 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2105
2106 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2107 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2108 as, snew);
2109 }
2110 }
2111 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2112 {
2113 /* Unlink the section. */
2114 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2115
2116 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2117 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2118 }
2119
2120 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2121 follow the one we've just added. */
2122 place->section = &snew->next;
2123
2124 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2125 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2126 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2127 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2128 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2129 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2130 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2131 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2132 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2133 if (add.head != NULL)
2134 {
2135 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2136
2137 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2138 if (place_after)
2139 {
2140 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2141
2142 *add.tail = *where;
2143 *where = add.head;
2144
2145 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2146 }
2147 else
2148 {
2149 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2150 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2151 *place->stmt = add.head;
2152 }
2153
2154 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2155 new list at the tail. */
2156 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2157 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2158
2159 /* Save the end of this list. */
2160 place->stmt = add.tail;
2161
2162 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2163 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2164 *os_tail = NULL;
2165 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2166 ((char *) place->os_tail
2167 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2168 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2169 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2170 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2171 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2172 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2173
2174 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2175 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2176 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2177 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2178 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2179 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2180 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2181 }
2182 }
2183 return os;
2184 }
2185
2186 static void
2187 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2188 {
2189 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2190
2191 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2192 return;
2193
2194 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2195
2196 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2197 {
2198 size_t len;
2199
2200 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2201 len = strlen (m->soname);
2202
2203 if (len >= 29)
2204 {
2205 print_nl ();
2206 len = 0;
2207 }
2208 while (len < 30)
2209 {
2210 print_space ();
2211 ++len;
2212 }
2213
2214 if (m->ref != NULL)
2215 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2216 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2217 }
2218 }
2219
2220 static void
2221 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2222 {
2223 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2224 minfo ("a");
2225
2226 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2227 minfo ("x");
2228
2229 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2230 minfo ("r");
2231
2232 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2233 minfo ("w");
2234
2235 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2236 minfo ("l");
2237 }
2238
2239 void
2240 lang_map (void)
2241 {
2242 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2243 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2244
2245 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2246 {
2247 asection *s;
2248
2249 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2250 || file->flags.just_syms)
2251 continue;
2252
2253 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2254 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2255 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2256 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2257 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2258 {
2259 if (! dis_header_printed)
2260 {
2261 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2262 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2263 }
2264
2265 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2266 }
2267 }
2268
2269 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2270 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2271 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2272
2273 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2274 {
2275 char buf[100];
2276 int len;
2277
2278 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2279
2280 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2281 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2282 len = strlen (buf);
2283 while (len < 16)
2284 {
2285 print_space ();
2286 ++len;
2287 }
2288
2289 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2290 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2291 {
2292 #ifndef BFD64
2293 minfo (" ");
2294 #endif
2295 if (m->flags)
2296 {
2297 print_space ();
2298 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2299 }
2300
2301 if (m->not_flags)
2302 {
2303 minfo (" !");
2304 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2305 }
2306 }
2307
2308 print_nl ();
2309 }
2310
2311 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2312
2313 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2314 {
2315 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2316 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2317 }
2318 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2319 lang_statement_iteration++;
2320 print_statements ();
2321
2322 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2323 config.map_file);
2324 }
2325
2326 static bfd_boolean
2327 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2328 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2329 {
2330 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2331 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2332 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2333 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2334 {
2335 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2336 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2337
2338 ud = ((input_section_userdata_type *)
2339 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section));
2340 if (!ud)
2341 {
2342 ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2343 get_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section) = ud;
2344 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2345 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2346 }
2347 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2348 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2349
2350 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2351 def->entry = hash_entry;
2352 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2353 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2354 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2355 }
2356 return TRUE;
2357 }
2358
2359 /* Initialize an output section. */
2360
2361 static void
2362 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2363 {
2364 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2365 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2366
2367 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2368 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2369 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2370 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2371 s->name, flags);
2372 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2373 {
2374 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2375 " called %s: %E\n"),
2376 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2377 }
2378 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2379 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2380
2381 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2382 statement to avoid lookup. */
2383 get_userdata (s->bfd_section) = s;
2384
2385 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2386 mention are initialized. */
2387 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2388 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2389
2390 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2391 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2392
2393 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2394 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2395 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2396 "section alignment");
2397 }
2398
2399 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2400 initialized. */
2401
2402 static void
2403 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2404 {
2405 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2406 {
2407 case etree_assign:
2408 case etree_provide:
2409 case etree_provided:
2410 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2411 break;
2412
2413 case etree_binary:
2414 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2415 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2416 break;
2417
2418 case etree_trinary:
2419 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2420 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2421 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2422 break;
2423
2424 case etree_assert:
2425 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2426 break;
2427
2428 case etree_unary:
2429 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2430 break;
2431
2432 case etree_name:
2433 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2434 {
2435 case ADDR:
2436 case LOADADDR:
2437 case SIZEOF:
2438 {
2439 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2440
2441 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2442 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2443 init_os (os, 0);
2444 }
2445 }
2446 break;
2447
2448 default:
2449 break;
2450 }
2451 }
2452 \f
2453 static void
2454 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2455 {
2456 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2457
2458 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2459 discard all sections. */
2460 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2461 {
2462 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2463 return;
2464 }
2465
2466 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2467 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2468 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2469 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2470 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2471
2472 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2473 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2474 }
2475 \f
2476
2477 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2478 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2479
2480 static bfd_boolean
2481 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2482 {
2483 bfd_boolean discard;
2484 flagword flags = section->flags;
2485
2486 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2487 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2488
2489 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2490 sections from within the group. */
2491 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2492 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2493 discard = TRUE;
2494
2495 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2496 information. */
2497 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2498 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2499 discard = TRUE;
2500
2501 return discard;
2502 }
2503
2504 /* The wild routines.
2505
2506 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2507 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2508 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2509
2510 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2511 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2512
2513 void
2514 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2515 asection *section,
2516 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2517 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2518 {
2519 flagword flags = section->flags;
2520
2521 bfd_boolean discard;
2522 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2523 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2524
2525 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2526 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2527
2528 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2529 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2530 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2531 discard = TRUE;
2532
2533 if (discard)
2534 {
2535 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2536 {
2537 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2538 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2539 }
2540 return;
2541 }
2542
2543 if (sflag_info)
2544 {
2545 bfd_boolean keep;
2546
2547 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2548 if (!keep)
2549 return;
2550 }
2551
2552 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2553 return;
2554
2555 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2556 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2557 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2558 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2559 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2560 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2561 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2562
2563 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2564 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2565 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2566 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2567 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2568 {
2569 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2570 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2571 else
2572 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2573 }
2574 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2575 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2576
2577 switch (output->sectype)
2578 {
2579 case normal_section:
2580 case overlay_section:
2581 case first_overlay_section:
2582 break;
2583 case noalloc_section:
2584 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2585 break;
2586 case noload_section:
2587 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2588 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2589 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2590 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2591 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2592 section. */
2593 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2594 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2595 else
2596 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2597 break;
2598 }
2599
2600 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2601 init_os (output, flags);
2602
2603 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2604 it from the output section. */
2605 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2606
2607 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2608 {
2609 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2610 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2611
2612 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2613 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2614 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2615 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2616 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2617 {
2618 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2619 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2620 }
2621 }
2622 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2623
2624 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2625 {
2626 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2627 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2628 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2629 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2630 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2631 link_info.output_bfd,
2632 output->bfd_section,
2633 &link_info);
2634 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2635 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2636 }
2637
2638 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2639 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2640 {
2641 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2642 output->block_value = 128;
2643 }
2644
2645 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2646 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2647
2648 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2649
2650 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2651 {
2652 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2653 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2654 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2655 section->map_tail.s = s;
2656 if (s != NULL)
2657 s->map_head.s = section;
2658 else
2659 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2660 }
2661
2662 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2663 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2664 new_section->section = section;
2665 }
2666
2667 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2668 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2669 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2670 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2671
2672 static lang_statement_union_type *
2673 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2674 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2675 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2676 asection *section)
2677 {
2678 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2679
2680 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2681 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2682 return NULL;
2683
2684 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2685 {
2686 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2687
2688 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2689 continue;
2690 ls = &l->input_section;
2691
2692 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2693 name. */
2694
2695 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2696 {
2697 const char *fn, *ln;
2698 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2699 int i;
2700
2701 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2702 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2703 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2704 archive. */
2705
2706 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2707 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2708 {
2709 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2710 fa = TRUE;
2711 }
2712 else
2713 {
2714 fn = file->filename;
2715 fa = FALSE;
2716 }
2717
2718 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2719 {
2720 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2721 la = TRUE;
2722 }
2723 else
2724 {
2725 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2726 la = FALSE;
2727 }
2728
2729 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2730 if (i > 0)
2731 continue;
2732 else if (i < 0)
2733 break;
2734
2735 if (fa || la)
2736 {
2737 if (fa)
2738 fn = file->filename;
2739 if (la)
2740 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2741
2742 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2743 if (i > 0)
2744 continue;
2745 else if (i < 0)
2746 break;
2747 }
2748 }
2749
2750 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2751 looking at the sections for this file. */
2752
2753 if (sec != NULL
2754 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2755 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2756 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2757 break;
2758 }
2759
2760 return l;
2761 }
2762
2763 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2764 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2765
2766 static void
2767 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2768 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2769 asection *section,
2770 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2771 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2772 void *output)
2773 {
2774 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2775 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2776
2777 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2778
2779 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2780 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2781 return;
2782
2783 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2784
2785 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2786 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2787 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2788 of the current list. */
2789
2790 if (before == NULL)
2791 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2792 else
2793 {
2794 lang_statement_list_type list;
2795 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2796
2797 lang_list_init (&list);
2798 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2799
2800 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2801 be NULL. */
2802 if (list.head != NULL)
2803 {
2804 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2805
2806 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2807 *pp != before;
2808 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2809 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2810
2811 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2812 *pp = list.head;
2813 }
2814 }
2815 }
2816
2817 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2818 are readonly. */
2819
2820 static void
2821 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2822 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2823 asection *section,
2824 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2825 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2826 void *output)
2827 {
2828 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2829
2830 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2831
2832 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2833 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2834 return;
2835
2836 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2837 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2838 }
2839
2840 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2841 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2842 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2843
2844 static lang_input_statement_type *
2845 lookup_name (const char *name)
2846 {
2847 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2848
2849 for (search = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
2850 search != NULL;
2851 search = search->next_real_file)
2852 {
2853 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2854 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2855 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2856 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2857
2858 if (filename != NULL
2859 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2860 break;
2861 }
2862
2863 if (search == NULL)
2864 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2865 default_target, FALSE);
2866
2867 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2868 don't add this file. */
2869 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2870 return search;
2871
2872 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2873 return NULL;
2874
2875 return search;
2876 }
2877
2878 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2879
2880 struct excluded_lib
2881 {
2882 char *name;
2883 struct excluded_lib *next;
2884 };
2885 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2886
2887 void
2888 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2889 {
2890 const char *p = list, *end;
2891
2892 while (*p != '\0')
2893 {
2894 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2895 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2896 if (end == NULL)
2897 end = p + strlen (p);
2898 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2899 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2900 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2901 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2902 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2903 excluded_libs = entry;
2904 if (*end == '\0')
2905 break;
2906 p = end + 1;
2907 }
2908 }
2909
2910 static void
2911 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2912 {
2913 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2914
2915 while (lib)
2916 {
2917 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2918 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2919
2920 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2921 {
2922 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2923 return;
2924 }
2925
2926 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2927 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2928 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2929 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2930 {
2931 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2932 return;
2933 }
2934
2935 lib = lib->next;
2936 }
2937 }
2938
2939 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2940
2941 bfd_boolean
2942 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2943 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2944 {
2945 char **matching;
2946
2947 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2948 return TRUE;
2949
2950 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2951
2952 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2953 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2954 return TRUE;
2955
2956 if (trace_files || verbose)
2957 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2958
2959 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2960 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2961 {
2962 bfd_error_type err;
2963 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2964 extern FILE *yyin;
2965
2966 err = bfd_get_error ();
2967
2968 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2969 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2970 return TRUE;
2971
2972 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2973 {
2974 char **p;
2975
2976 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2977 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2978 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2979 einfo (" %s", *p);
2980 einfo ("%F\n");
2981 }
2982 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
2983 || place == NULL)
2984 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
2985
2986 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
2987 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
2988
2989 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
2990 save_flags = input_flags;
2991 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
2992
2993 push_stat_ptr (place);
2994 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
2995 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
2996 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
2997 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
2998 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
2999 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3000
3001 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
3002 parser_input = input_script;
3003 yyparse ();
3004 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
3005
3006 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3007 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3008 again. */
3009 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3010 input_flags = save_flags;
3011 pop_stat_ptr ();
3012 fclose (yyin);
3013 yyin = NULL;
3014 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3015
3016 return TRUE;
3017 }
3018
3019 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3020 return TRUE;
3021
3022 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3023 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3024 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3025 which is used. */
3026 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3027 {
3028 default:
3029 break;
3030
3031 case bfd_object:
3032 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3033 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3034 break;
3035
3036 case bfd_archive:
3037 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3038
3039 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
3040 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3041 {
3042 bfd *member = NULL;
3043 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3044
3045 for (;;)
3046 {
3047 bfd *subsbfd;
3048 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3049
3050 if (member == NULL)
3051 break;
3052
3053 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3054 {
3055 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3056 entry->the_bfd, member);
3057 loaded = FALSE;
3058 }
3059
3060 subsbfd = member;
3061 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3062 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3063 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3064 abort ();
3065
3066 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3067 substitute BFD for us. */
3068 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3069 {
3070 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3071 loaded = FALSE;
3072 }
3073 }
3074
3075 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3076 return loaded;
3077 }
3078 break;
3079 }
3080
3081 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3082 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3083 else
3084 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3085
3086 return entry->flags.loaded;
3087 }
3088
3089 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3090 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3091 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3092 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3093 the output section. */
3094
3095 static void
3096 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3097 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3098 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3099 {
3100 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3101
3102 if (s->handler_data[0]
3103 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3104 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3105 {
3106 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3107
3108 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3109
3110 tree = s->tree;
3111 if (tree)
3112 {
3113 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3114 s->tree = NULL;
3115 }
3116 }
3117 else
3118 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3119
3120 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3121 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3122 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3123 {
3124 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3125 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3126 default_common_section = output;
3127 break;
3128 }
3129 }
3130
3131 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3132
3133 static int
3134 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3135 {
3136 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3137
3138 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3139 }
3140
3141 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3142
3143 static void
3144 stricpy (char *dest, char *src)
3145 {
3146 char c;
3147
3148 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3149 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3150
3151 *dest = 0;
3152 }
3153
3154 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3155 from haystack. */
3156
3157 static void
3158 strcut (char *haystack, char *needle)
3159 {
3160 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3161
3162 if (haystack)
3163 {
3164 char *src;
3165
3166 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3167 *haystack++ = *src++;
3168
3169 *haystack = 0;
3170 }
3171 }
3172
3173 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3174 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3175
3176 static int
3177 name_compare (char *first, char *second)
3178 {
3179 char *copy1;
3180 char *copy2;
3181 int result;
3182
3183 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3184 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3185
3186 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3187 stricpy (copy1, first);
3188 stricpy (copy2, second);
3189
3190 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3191 strcut (copy1, "big");
3192 strcut (copy1, "little");
3193 strcut (copy2, "big");
3194 strcut (copy2, "little");
3195
3196 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3197 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3198 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3199 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3200 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3201 {
3202 result *= 10;
3203 break;
3204 }
3205
3206 free (copy1);
3207 free (copy2);
3208
3209 return result;
3210 }
3211
3212 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3213 static const bfd_target *winner;
3214
3215 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3216 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3217 match to the original output target. */
3218
3219 static int
3220 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3221 {
3222 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3223
3224 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3225 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3226 return 0;
3227
3228 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3229 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3230 return 0;
3231
3232 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3233 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3234 return 0;
3235
3236 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3237 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3238 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3239 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3240 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3241 return 0;
3242
3243 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3244 if (winner == NULL)
3245 {
3246 winner = target;
3247 return 0;
3248 }
3249
3250 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3251 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3252 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3253 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3254 winner = target;
3255
3256 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3257 return 0;
3258 }
3259
3260 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3261
3262 static char *
3263 get_first_input_target (void)
3264 {
3265 char *target = NULL;
3266
3267 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3268 {
3269 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3270 && s->flags.real)
3271 {
3272 ldfile_open_file (s);
3273
3274 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3275 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3276 {
3277 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3278
3279 if (target != NULL)
3280 break;
3281 }
3282 }
3283 }
3284
3285 return target;
3286 }
3287
3288 const char *
3289 lang_get_output_target (void)
3290 {
3291 const char *target;
3292
3293 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3294 if (output_target != NULL)
3295 return output_target;
3296
3297 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3298 the default? */
3299 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3300 return current_target;
3301
3302 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3303 target = get_first_input_target ();
3304 if (target != NULL)
3305 return target;
3306
3307 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3308 return default_target;
3309 }
3310
3311 /* Open the output file. */
3312
3313 static void
3314 open_output (const char *name)
3315 {
3316 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3317
3318 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3319 line? */
3320 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3321 {
3322 /* Get the chosen target. */
3323 const bfd_target *target
3324 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3325
3326 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3327 if (target != NULL)
3328 {
3329 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3330
3331 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3332 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3333 else
3334 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3335
3336 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3337 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3338 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3339 this. */
3340 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3341 {
3342 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3343 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3344 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3345 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3346 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3347 else
3348 {
3349 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3350 the default target, but which has the desired
3351 endian characteristic. */
3352 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3353 (void *) target);
3354
3355 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3356 satisfy our requirements. */
3357 if (winner == NULL)
3358 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3359 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3360 else
3361 output_target = winner->name;
3362 }
3363 }
3364 }
3365 }
3366
3367 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3368
3369 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3370 {
3371 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3372 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3373
3374 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3375 }
3376
3377 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3378
3379 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3380 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3381 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3382 ldfile_output_architecture,
3383 ldfile_output_machine))
3384 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3385
3386 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3387 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3388 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3389
3390 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3391 }
3392
3393 static void
3394 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3395 {
3396 switch (statement->header.type)
3397 {
3398 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3399 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3400 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3401 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3402 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3403 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3404 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3405 else
3406 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3407 if (config.text_read_only)
3408 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3409 else
3410 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3411 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3412 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3413 else
3414 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3415 break;
3416
3417 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3418 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3419 break;
3420 default:
3421 break;
3422 }
3423 }
3424
3425 static void
3426 init_opb (void)
3427 {
3428 unsigned x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3429 ldfile_output_machine);
3430 opb_shift = 0;
3431 if (x > 1)
3432 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3433 {
3434 x >>= 1;
3435 ++opb_shift;
3436 }
3437 ASSERT (x == 1);
3438 }
3439
3440 /* Open all the input files. */
3441
3442 enum open_bfd_mode
3443 {
3444 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3445 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3446 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3447 };
3448 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3449 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3450 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3451 #endif
3452
3453 static void
3454 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3455 {
3456 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3457 {
3458 switch (s->header.type)
3459 {
3460 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3461 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3462 break;
3463 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3464 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3465 break;
3466 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3467 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3468 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3469 && s->wild_statement.filename
3470 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3471 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3472 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3473 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3474 break;
3475 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3476 {
3477 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3478 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3479 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3480 #endif
3481
3482 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3483 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3484 symbols. */
3485
3486 do
3487 {
3488 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3489 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3490 #endif
3491 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3492 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3493 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3494 }
3495 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3496 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3497 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3498 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3499 undefs. */
3500 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3501 #endif
3502 );
3503 }
3504 break;
3505 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3506 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3507 break;
3508 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3509 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3510 {
3511 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3512 lang_statement_list_type add;
3513 bfd *abfd;
3514
3515 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3516
3517 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3518 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3519 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3520 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3521 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3522 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3523 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3524 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3525 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3526 #endif
3527 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3528 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3529 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3530 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3531 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3532 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3533 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3534 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3535 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3536 {
3537 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3538 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3539 }
3540
3541 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3542 lang_list_init (&add);
3543
3544 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3545 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3546
3547 if (add.head != NULL)
3548 {
3549 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3550 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3551 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3552 section statement list. Very likely the user
3553 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3554 naive user expectations. */
3555 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3556 {
3557 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3558 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3559 s->input_statement.filename);
3560 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3561 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3562 }
3563 else
3564 {
3565 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3566 s->header.next = add.head;
3567 }
3568 }
3569 }
3570 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3571 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3572 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3573 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3574 plugin_insert = NULL;
3575 #endif
3576 break;
3577 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3578 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3579 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3580 break;
3581 default:
3582 break;
3583 }
3584 }
3585
3586 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3587 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3588 einfo ("%F");
3589 }
3590
3591 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3592 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3593 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3594 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3595 name to the symbol table. */
3596
3597 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3598
3599 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3600
3601 void
3602 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3603 {
3604 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3605
3606 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3607 new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3608 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3609 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3610
3611 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3612
3613 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3614 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3615 }
3616
3617 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3618
3619 static void
3620 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3621 {
3622 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3623
3624 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3625 if (h == NULL)
3626 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3627 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3628 {
3629 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3630 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3631 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3632 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3633 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3634 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3635 }
3636 }
3637
3638 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3639 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3640 script file. */
3641
3642 static void
3643 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3644 {
3645 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3646
3647 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3648 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3649 }
3650
3651 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3652 be defined. */
3653
3654 struct require_defined_symbol
3655 {
3656 const char *name;
3657 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3658 };
3659
3660 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3661
3662 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3663
3664 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3665 defined. */
3666
3667 void
3668 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3669 {
3670 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3671
3672 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3673 ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3674 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3675 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3676 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3677 }
3678
3679 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3680 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3681
3682 static void
3683 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3684 {
3685 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3686
3687 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3688 {
3689 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3690
3691 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3692 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3693 if (h == NULL
3694 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3695 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3696 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3697 }
3698 }
3699
3700 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3701
3702 static void
3703 check_input_sections
3704 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3705 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3706 {
3707 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3708 {
3709 switch (s->header.type)
3710 {
3711 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3712 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3713 output_section_statement);
3714 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3715 return;
3716 break;
3717 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3718 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3719 output_section_statement);
3720 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3721 return;
3722 break;
3723 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3724 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3725 output_section_statement);
3726 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3727 return;
3728 break;
3729 default:
3730 break;
3731 }
3732 }
3733 }
3734
3735 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3736
3737 static void
3738 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3739 {
3740 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3741
3742 switch (sort_section)
3743 {
3744 default:
3745 FAIL ();
3746
3747 case none:
3748 break;
3749
3750 case by_name:
3751 case by_alignment:
3752 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3753 {
3754 switch (s->header.type)
3755 {
3756 default:
3757 break;
3758
3759 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3760 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3761 sec = sec->next)
3762 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3763 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
3764 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
3765 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3766 {
3767 case none:
3768 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3769 break;
3770 case by_name:
3771 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3772 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3773 break;
3774 case by_alignment:
3775 if (sort_section == by_name)
3776 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3777 break;
3778 default:
3779 break;
3780 }
3781 break;
3782
3783 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3784 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3785 break;
3786
3787 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3788 update_wild_statements
3789 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3790 break;
3791
3792 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3793 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3794 break;
3795 }
3796 }
3797 break;
3798 }
3799 }
3800
3801 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
3802
3803 static void
3804 map_input_to_output_sections
3805 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
3806 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
3807 {
3808 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3809 {
3810 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
3811 flagword flags;
3812
3813 switch (s->header.type)
3814 {
3815 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3816 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
3817 break;
3818 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3819 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
3820 target,
3821 os);
3822 break;
3823 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3824 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
3825 if (tos->constraint != 0)
3826 {
3827 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
3828 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
3829 break;
3830 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
3831 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
3832 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
3833 {
3834 tos->constraint = -1;
3835 break;
3836 }
3837 }
3838 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
3839 target,
3840 tos);
3841 break;
3842 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3843 break;
3844 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3845 target = s->target_statement.target;
3846 break;
3847 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3848 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3849 target,
3850 os);
3851 break;
3852 case lang_data_statement_enum:
3853 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
3854 are initialized. */
3855 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
3856 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
3857 these may be overridden by the script. */
3858 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
3859 switch (os->sectype)
3860 {
3861 case normal_section:
3862 case overlay_section:
3863 case first_overlay_section:
3864 break;
3865 case noalloc_section:
3866 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3867 break;
3868 case noload_section:
3869 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
3870 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
3871 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
3872 else
3873 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
3874 break;
3875 }
3876 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
3877 init_os (os, flags);
3878 else
3879 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
3880 break;
3881 case lang_input_section_enum:
3882 break;
3883 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
3884 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
3885 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
3886 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
3887 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3888 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3889 init_os (os, 0);
3890 break;
3891 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3892 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
3893 init_os (os, 0);
3894
3895 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
3896 are initialized. */
3897 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3898 break;
3899 case lang_address_statement_enum:
3900 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
3901 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
3902 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
3903 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
3904 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
3905 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
3906 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
3907 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
3908 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
3909 if (!s->address_statement.segment
3910 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
3911 {
3912 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
3913
3914 /* Create the output section statement here so that
3915 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
3916 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
3917 place them in amongst other sections then the address
3918 will affect following script sections, which is
3919 likely to surprise naive users. */
3920 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
3921 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
3922 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
3923 init_os (tos, 0);
3924 }
3925 break;
3926 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
3927 break;
3928 }
3929 }
3930 }
3931
3932 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
3933 start of the list and places them after the output section
3934 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
3935 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
3936 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
3937 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
3938 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
3939 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
3940 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
3941 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
3942 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
3943 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
3944 can end up looking odd. */
3945
3946 static void
3947 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
3948 {
3949 lang_statement_union_type **s;
3950 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
3951 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
3952 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
3953
3954 s = start;
3955 while (*s != NULL)
3956 {
3957 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
3958 {
3959 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
3960 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
3961 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
3962
3963 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
3964 last_os = os;
3965
3966 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
3967 won't match this output section statement. At this
3968 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
3969 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
3970 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
3971 if (first_os == NULL)
3972 first_os = last_os;
3973 }
3974 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
3975 {
3976 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
3977 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
3978 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
3979 behaviour. For example:
3980 #! /bin/sh
3981 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
3982 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
3983 group statement for insert statements. */
3984 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
3985 }
3986 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
3987 {
3988 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
3989 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
3990 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
3991 lang_statement_union_type *first;
3992
3993 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
3994 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
3995 {
3996 do
3997 where = where->prev;
3998 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
3999 }
4000 if (where == NULL)
4001 {
4002 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4003 return;
4004 }
4005
4006 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4007 if (last_os != NULL)
4008 {
4009 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4010 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4011
4012 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4013 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4014 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4015 {
4016 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4017 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4018 }
4019 else
4020 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4021 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4022 last_os->next = where->next;
4023 if (where->next == NULL)
4024 {
4025 next = &last_os->next;
4026 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4027 }
4028 else
4029 where->next->prev = last_os;
4030 first_os->prev = where;
4031 where->next = first_os;
4032
4033 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4034 first_sec = NULL;
4035 last_sec = NULL;
4036 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4037 {
4038 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4039 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4040 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4041 {
4042 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4043 if (first_sec == NULL)
4044 first_sec = last_sec;
4045 }
4046 if (os == last_os)
4047 break;
4048 }
4049 if (last_sec != NULL)
4050 {
4051 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4052 if (sec == NULL)
4053 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4054
4055 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4056 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4057 section or if the section is the same as our
4058 last section, then no move is needed. */
4059 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4060 {
4061 /* Trim them off. */
4062 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4063 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4064 else
4065 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4066 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4067 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4068 else
4069 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4070 /* Add back. */
4071 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4072 if (sec->next != NULL)
4073 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4074 else
4075 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4076 first_sec->prev = sec;
4077 sec->next = first_sec;
4078 }
4079 }
4080
4081 first_os = NULL;
4082 last_os = NULL;
4083 }
4084
4085 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4086 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4087 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4088 first = *start;
4089 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4090 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4091 *s = *ptr;
4092 if (*s == NULL)
4093 statement_list.tail = s;
4094 *ptr = first;
4095 s = start;
4096 continue;
4097 }
4098 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4099 }
4100
4101 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4102 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4103 {
4104 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4105 if (os == last_os)
4106 break;
4107 }
4108 }
4109
4110 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4111 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4112 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4113
4114 void
4115 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4116 {
4117 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4118
4119 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4120 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4121 {
4122 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4123 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4124 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4125 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4126 }
4127
4128 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
4129 os != NULL;
4130 os = os->next)
4131 {
4132 asection *output_section;
4133 bfd_boolean exclude;
4134
4135 if (os->constraint < 0)
4136 continue;
4137
4138 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4139 if (output_section == NULL)
4140 continue;
4141
4142 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4143 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4144 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4145 output_section));
4146
4147 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4148 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4149 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4150 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4151 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4152 {
4153 asection *s;
4154
4155 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4156 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4157 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4158 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4159 {
4160 exclude = FALSE;
4161 break;
4162 }
4163 }
4164
4165 if (exclude)
4166 {
4167 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4168 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4169 if (!os->update_dot)
4170 os->ignored = TRUE;
4171 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4172 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4173 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4174 }
4175 }
4176 }
4177
4178 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4179 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4180
4181 void
4182 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4183 {
4184 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4185
4186 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4187 return;
4188
4189 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
4190 os != NULL;
4191 os = os->next)
4192 {
4193 asection *output_section;
4194
4195 if (os->constraint < 0)
4196 continue;
4197
4198 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4199 if (output_section == NULL)
4200 continue;
4201
4202 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4203 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4204 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4205 }
4206
4207 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4208 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4209 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4210 }
4211
4212 static void
4213 print_output_section_statement
4214 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4215 {
4216 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4217 int len;
4218
4219 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4220 {
4221 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4222
4223 if (section != NULL)
4224 {
4225 print_dot = section->vma;
4226
4227 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4228 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4229 {
4230 print_nl ();
4231 len = 0;
4232 }
4233 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4234 {
4235 print_space ();
4236 ++len;
4237 }
4238
4239 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4240
4241 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4242 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4243
4244 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4245 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4246 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4247 }
4248
4249 print_nl ();
4250 }
4251
4252 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4253 output_section_statement);
4254 }
4255
4256 static void
4257 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4258 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4259 {
4260 unsigned int i;
4261 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4262 etree_type *tree;
4263 asection *osec;
4264
4265 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4266 print_space ();
4267
4268 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4269 {
4270 is_dot = FALSE;
4271 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4272 }
4273 else
4274 {
4275 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4276
4277 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4278 tree = assignment->exp;
4279 }
4280
4281 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4282 if (osec == NULL)
4283 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4284
4285 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4286 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4287 else
4288 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4289
4290 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4291 {
4292 bfd_vma value;
4293
4294 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4295 || is_dot
4296 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4297 {
4298 value = expld.result.value;
4299
4300 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4301 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4302
4303 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4304 if (is_dot)
4305 print_dot = value;
4306 }
4307 else
4308 {
4309 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4310
4311 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4312 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4313 if (h != NULL
4314 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4315 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4316 {
4317 value = h->u.def.value;
4318 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4319 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4320
4321 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4322 }
4323 else
4324 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4325 }
4326 }
4327 else
4328 {
4329 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4330 minfo ("[!provide]");
4331 else
4332 minfo ("*undef* ");
4333 #ifdef BFD64
4334 minfo (" ");
4335 #endif
4336 }
4337 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4338
4339 minfo (" ");
4340 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4341 print_nl ();
4342 }
4343
4344 static void
4345 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4346 {
4347 if (statm->filename != NULL
4348 && (statm->the_bfd == NULL
4349 || (statm->the_bfd->flags & BFD_LINKER_CREATED) == 0))
4350 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4351 }
4352
4353 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4354 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4355
4356 static bfd_boolean
4357 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4358 {
4359 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4360
4361 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4362 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4363 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4364 {
4365 int i;
4366
4367 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4368 print_space ();
4369 minfo ("0x%V ",
4370 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4371 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4372 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4373
4374 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4375 }
4376
4377 return TRUE;
4378 }
4379
4380 static int
4381 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4382 {
4383 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4384 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4385
4386 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4387 return -1;
4388 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4389 return 1;
4390 else
4391 return 0;
4392 }
4393
4394 static void
4395 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4396 {
4397 input_section_userdata_type *ud
4398 = (input_section_userdata_type *) get_userdata (sec);
4399 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4400 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4401 unsigned int i;
4402
4403 if (!ud)
4404 return;
4405
4406 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4407
4408 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4409 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4410 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4411 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4412
4413 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4414 entries[i] = def->entry;
4415
4416 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4417 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4418
4419 /* Print the symbols. */
4420 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4421 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4422
4423 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4424 }
4425
4426 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4427
4428 static void
4429 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4430 {
4431 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4432 int len;
4433 bfd_vma addr;
4434
4435 init_opb ();
4436
4437 print_space ();
4438 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4439
4440 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4441 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4442 {
4443 print_nl ();
4444 len = 0;
4445 }
4446 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4447 {
4448 print_space ();
4449 ++len;
4450 }
4451
4452 if (i->output_section != NULL
4453 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4454 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4455 else
4456 {
4457 addr = print_dot;
4458 if (!is_discarded)
4459 size = 0;
4460 }
4461
4462 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, size, i->owner);
4463
4464 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4465 {
4466 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4467 #ifdef BFD64
4468 len += 16;
4469 #else
4470 len += 8;
4471 #endif
4472 while (len > 0)
4473 {
4474 print_space ();
4475 --len;
4476 }
4477
4478 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), i->rawsize);
4479 }
4480
4481 if (i->output_section != NULL
4482 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4483 {
4484 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4485 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4486 else
4487 print_all_symbols (i);
4488
4489 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4490 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4491 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4492 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4493 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4494 }
4495 }
4496
4497 static void
4498 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4499 {
4500 size_t size;
4501 unsigned char *p;
4502 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4503 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4504 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4505 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4506 }
4507
4508 static void
4509 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4510 {
4511 int i;
4512 bfd_vma addr;
4513 bfd_size_type size;
4514 const char *name;
4515
4516 init_opb ();
4517 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4518 print_space ();
4519
4520 addr = data->output_offset;
4521 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4522 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4523
4524 switch (data->type)
4525 {
4526 default:
4527 abort ();
4528 case BYTE:
4529 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4530 name = "BYTE";
4531 break;
4532 case SHORT:
4533 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4534 name = "SHORT";
4535 break;
4536 case LONG:
4537 size = LONG_SIZE;
4538 name = "LONG";
4539 break;
4540 case QUAD:
4541 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4542 name = "QUAD";
4543 break;
4544 case SQUAD:
4545 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4546 name = "SQUAD";
4547 break;
4548 }
4549
4550 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4551 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4552 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4553
4554 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4555 {
4556 print_space ();
4557 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4558 }
4559
4560 print_nl ();
4561
4562 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4563 }
4564
4565 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4566 -Ttext. */
4567
4568 static void
4569 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4570 {
4571 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4572 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4573 print_nl ();
4574 }
4575
4576 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4577
4578 static void
4579 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4580 {
4581 int i;
4582 bfd_vma addr;
4583 bfd_size_type size;
4584
4585 init_opb ();
4586 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4587 print_space ();
4588
4589 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4590 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4591 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4592
4593 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4594
4595 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4596
4597 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4598 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4599 else
4600 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4601
4602 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4603
4604 print_nl ();
4605
4606 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4607 }
4608
4609 static void
4610 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4611 {
4612 int len;
4613 bfd_vma addr;
4614
4615 init_opb ();
4616 minfo (" *fill*");
4617
4618 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4619 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4620 {
4621 print_space ();
4622 ++len;
4623 }
4624
4625 addr = s->output_offset;
4626 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4627 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4628 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4629
4630 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4631 {
4632 size_t size;
4633 unsigned char *p;
4634 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4635 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4636 }
4637
4638 print_nl ();
4639
4640 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4641 }
4642
4643 static void
4644 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4645 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4646 {
4647 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4648
4649 print_space ();
4650
4651 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4652 {
4653 name_list *tmp;
4654 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4655 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4656 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4657 minfo (") ");
4658 }
4659
4660 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4661 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4662 if (w->filename != NULL)
4663 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4664 else
4665 minfo ("*");
4666 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4667 minfo (")");
4668
4669 minfo ("(");
4670 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4671 {
4672 int closing_paren = 0;
4673
4674 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4675 {
4676 case none:
4677 break;
4678
4679 case by_name:
4680 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4681 closing_paren = 1;
4682 break;
4683
4684 case by_alignment:
4685 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4686 closing_paren = 1;
4687 break;
4688
4689 case by_name_alignment:
4690 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4691 closing_paren = 2;
4692 break;
4693
4694 case by_alignment_name:
4695 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4696 closing_paren = 2;
4697 break;
4698
4699 case by_none:
4700 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4701 closing_paren = 1;
4702 break;
4703
4704 case by_init_priority:
4705 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4706 closing_paren = 1;
4707 break;
4708 }
4709
4710 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4711 {
4712 name_list *tmp;
4713 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4714 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4715 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4716 minfo (") ");
4717 }
4718 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4719 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4720 else
4721 minfo ("*");
4722 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4723 minfo (")");
4724 if (sec->next)
4725 minfo (" ");
4726 }
4727 minfo (")");
4728
4729 print_nl ();
4730
4731 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4732 }
4733
4734 /* Print a group statement. */
4735
4736 static void
4737 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4738 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4739 {
4740 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4741 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4742 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4743 }
4744
4745 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4746 This can be called for any statement type. */
4747
4748 static void
4749 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4750 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4751 {
4752 while (s != NULL)
4753 {
4754 print_statement (s, os);
4755 s = s->header.next;
4756 }
4757 }
4758
4759 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4760 This can be called for any statement type. */
4761
4762 static void
4763 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4764 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4765 {
4766 switch (s->header.type)
4767 {
4768 default:
4769 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4770 FAIL ();
4771 break;
4772 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4773 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4774 {
4775 if (constructors_sorted)
4776 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4777 else
4778 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4779 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4780 }
4781 break;
4782 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4783 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4784 break;
4785 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4786 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4787 break;
4788 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4789 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4790 break;
4791 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4792 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4793 break;
4794 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4795 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4796 break;
4797 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4798 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
4799 break;
4800 case lang_input_section_enum:
4801 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
4802 break;
4803 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4804 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
4805 break;
4806 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4807 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
4808 break;
4809 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4810 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
4811 break;
4812 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4813 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
4814 break;
4815 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4816 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
4817 if (output_target != NULL)
4818 minfo (" %s", output_target);
4819 minfo (")\n");
4820 break;
4821 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4822 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
4823 break;
4824 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4825 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
4826 break;
4827 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4828 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
4829 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
4830 s->insert_statement.where);
4831 break;
4832 }
4833 }
4834
4835 static void
4836 print_statements (void)
4837 {
4838 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
4839 }
4840
4841 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
4842 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
4843 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
4844 Intended to be called from GDB. */
4845
4846 void
4847 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
4848 {
4849 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
4850
4851 config.map_file = stderr;
4852
4853 if (n < 0)
4854 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
4855 else
4856 {
4857 while (s && --n >= 0)
4858 {
4859 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
4860 s = s->header.next;
4861 }
4862 }
4863
4864 config.map_file = map_save;
4865 }
4866
4867 static void
4868 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
4869 fill_type *fill,
4870 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
4871 asection *output_section,
4872 bfd_vma dot)
4873 {
4874 static fill_type zero_fill;
4875 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
4876
4877 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
4878 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
4879 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
4880 if (pad != NULL
4881 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4882 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4883 {
4884 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4885 }
4886 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
4887 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
4888 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
4889 {
4890 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
4891 }
4892 else
4893 {
4894 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
4895 pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
4896 pad->header.next = *ptr;
4897 *ptr = pad;
4898 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
4899 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
4900 if (fill == NULL)
4901 fill = &zero_fill;
4902 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
4903 }
4904 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
4905 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
4906 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4907 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
4908 - output_section->vma);
4909 }
4910
4911 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
4912
4913 static bfd_vma
4914 size_input_section
4915 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
4916 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
4917 fill_type *fill,
4918 bfd_vma dot)
4919 {
4920 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
4921 asection *i = is->section;
4922 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4923
4924 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
4925 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
4926 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
4927 || output_section_statement->ignored)
4928 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4929 else
4930 {
4931 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
4932
4933 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
4934 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
4935 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
4936 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
4937
4938 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
4939 i->alignment_power
4940 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
4941 "subsection alignment");
4942
4943 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
4944 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
4945
4946 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
4947
4948 if (alignment_needed != 0)
4949 {
4950 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
4951 dot += alignment_needed;
4952 }
4953
4954 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
4955 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
4956
4957 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
4958 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
4959 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
4960 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
4961 }
4962
4963 return dot;
4964 }
4965
4966 struct check_sec
4967 {
4968 asection *sec;
4969 bfd_boolean warned;
4970 };
4971
4972 static int
4973 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4974 {
4975 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4976 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4977
4978 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4979 return -1;
4980 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4981 return 1;
4982 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
4983 return -1;
4984 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
4985 return 1;
4986
4987 return 0;
4988 }
4989
4990 static int
4991 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4992 {
4993 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
4994 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
4995
4996 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4997 return -1;
4998 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4999 return 1;
5000 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5001 return -1;
5002 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5003 return 1;
5004
5005 return 0;
5006 }
5007
5008 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5009 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5010
5011 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5012 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5013
5014 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5015 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5016 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5017 region has overflowed. */
5018
5019 static void
5020 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5021 {
5022 asection *s, *p;
5023 struct check_sec *sections;
5024 size_t i, count;
5025 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5026 bfd_vma s_start;
5027 bfd_vma s_end;
5028 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5029 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5030 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5031 bfd_boolean overlays;
5032
5033 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5034 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5035 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5036 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5037 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5038 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5039 {
5040 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5041 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5042 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5043 s->name);
5044 else
5045 {
5046 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5047 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5048 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5049 s->name);
5050 }
5051 }
5052
5053 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5054 return;
5055
5056 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5057 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5058
5059 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5060 count = 0;
5061 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5062 {
5063 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5064 || s->size == 0)
5065 continue;
5066
5067 sections[count].sec = s;
5068 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5069 count++;
5070 }
5071
5072 if (count <= 1)
5073 {
5074 free (sections);
5075 return;
5076 }
5077
5078 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5079
5080 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5081 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5082 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5083 {
5084 s = sections[i].sec;
5085 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5086 {
5087 s_start = s->lma;
5088 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5089
5090 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5091 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5092 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5093 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5094 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5095 if (p != NULL
5096 && (s_start <= p_end
5097 || p_end < p_start))
5098 {
5099 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5100 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5101 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5102 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5103 }
5104 p = s;
5105 p_start = s_start;
5106 p_end = s_end;
5107 }
5108 }
5109
5110 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5111 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5112 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5113 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5114 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5115 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5116 overlays = FALSE;
5117 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5118 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5119 {
5120 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5121 if (p_start == s_start)
5122 {
5123 overlays = TRUE;
5124 break;
5125 }
5126 p_start = s_start;
5127 }
5128
5129 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5130 if (!overlays)
5131 {
5132 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5133 {
5134 s = sections[i].sec;
5135 s_start = s->vma;
5136 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5137
5138 if (p != NULL
5139 && !sections[i].warned
5140 && (s_start <= p_end
5141 || p_end < p_start))
5142 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5143 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5144 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5145 p = s;
5146 p_start = s_start;
5147 p_end = s_end;
5148 }
5149 }
5150
5151 free (sections);
5152
5153 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5154 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5155 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5156 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5157
5158 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5159 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5160 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5161 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5162 if (m->had_full_message)
5163 {
5164 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5165 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5166 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5167 over),
5168 m->name_list.name, over);
5169 }
5170 }
5171
5172 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5173 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5174 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5175 calculation wraps around. */
5176
5177 static void
5178 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5179 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5180 etree_type *tree,
5181 bfd_vma rbase)
5182 {
5183 if ((region->current < region->origin
5184 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5185 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5186 || rbase == 0))
5187 {
5188 if (tree != NULL)
5189 {
5190 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5191 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5192 region->current,
5193 os->bfd_section->owner,
5194 os->bfd_section->name,
5195 region->name_list.name);
5196 }
5197 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5198 {
5199 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5200
5201 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5202 os->bfd_section->owner,
5203 os->bfd_section->name,
5204 region->name_list.name);
5205 }
5206 }
5207 }
5208
5209 static void
5210 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5211 seg_align_type *seg)
5212 {
5213 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5214 {
5215 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5216 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5217 else
5218 {
5219 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5220 }
5221 }
5222 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5223 {
5224 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5225 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5226 else
5227 {
5228 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5229 }
5230 }
5231 }
5232
5233 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5234
5235 static bfd_vma
5236 lang_size_sections_1
5237 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5238 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5239 fill_type *fill,
5240 bfd_vma dot,
5241 bfd_boolean *relax,
5242 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5243 {
5244 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5245
5246 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5247 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5248 {
5249 switch (s->header.type)
5250 {
5251 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5252 {
5253 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5254 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5255 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5256 int section_alignment = 0;
5257
5258 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5259 if (os->constraint == -1)
5260 break;
5261
5262 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5263 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5264 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5265 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5266 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5267 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5268 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5269 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5270 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5271 {
5272 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5273 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5274
5275 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5276 {
5277 dot = expld.result.value;
5278 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5279 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5280 }
5281 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5282 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5283 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5284 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5285 }
5286
5287 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5288 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5289 break;
5290
5291 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5292 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5293 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5294 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5295 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5296 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5297 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5298 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5299 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5300 {
5301 asection *input;
5302
5303 if (os->children.head == NULL
5304 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5305 || (os->children.head->header.type
5306 != lang_input_section_enum))
5307 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5308 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5309
5310 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5311 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section->owner,
5312 os->bfd_section,
5313 bfd_section_vma (input->owner, input));
5314 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5315 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5316 break;
5317 }
5318
5319 newdot = dot;
5320 dotdelta = 0;
5321 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5322 {
5323 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5324 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5325 }
5326 else
5327 {
5328 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5329 {
5330 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5331 from the region specification. */
5332 if (os->region == NULL
5333 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5334 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5335 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5336 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5337 {
5338 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5339 }
5340
5341 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5342 region, and some non default memory regions were
5343 defined, issue an error message. */
5344 if (!os->ignored
5345 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5346 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5347 && check_regions
5348 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5349 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5350 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5351 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5352 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5353 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5354 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5355 {
5356 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5357 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5358 default memory region we can end up creating an
5359 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5360 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5361 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5362 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5363 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5364 switch. */
5365 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5366 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5367 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5368 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5369 os->bfd_section));
5370 else
5371 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5372 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5373 bfd_get_section_name (link_info.output_bfd,
5374 os->bfd_section));
5375 }
5376
5377 newdot = os->region->current;
5378 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5379 }
5380 else
5381 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5382 "section alignment");
5383
5384 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5385 if (section_alignment > 0)
5386 {
5387 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5388 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5389
5390 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5391 if (dotdelta != 0
5392 && (config.warn_section_align
5393 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5394 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5395 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5396 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5397 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5398 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5399 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5400 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5401 }
5402
5403 bfd_set_section_vma (0, os->bfd_section, newdot);
5404
5405 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5406 }
5407
5408 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5409 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5410
5411 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5412
5413 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5414 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5415 no output section should change from zero size
5416 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5417 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5418 input section was not sized early enough. */
5419 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5420 else
5421 {
5422 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5423
5424 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5425 align at the block boundary. */
5426 after = ((dot
5427 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5428 + os->block_value - 1)
5429 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5430
5431 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5432 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5433 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5434 }
5435
5436 /* Set section lma. */
5437 r = os->region;
5438 if (r == NULL)
5439 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5440
5441 if (os->load_base)
5442 {
5443 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5444 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5445 }
5446 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5447 {
5448 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5449
5450 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5451 lma += dotdelta;
5452 else
5453 {
5454 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5455 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5456 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5457 only align according to the value in the output
5458 statement. */
5459 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5460 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5461 "section alignment");
5462 if (section_alignment > 0)
5463 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5464 }
5465 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5466 }
5467 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5468 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5469 {
5470 bfd_vma lma;
5471 asection *last;
5472
5473 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5474
5475 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5476 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5477 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5478 create overlapping LMAs. */
5479 if (dot < last->vma
5480 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5481 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5482 {
5483 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5484 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5485 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5486 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5487 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5488
5489 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5490 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5491 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5492 }
5493 else
5494 {
5495 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5496 at the end of the previous section. */
5497 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5498 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5499
5500 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5501 as the previous section. */
5502 else
5503 lma = dot + last->lma - last->vma;
5504
5505 if (section_alignment > 0)
5506 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5507 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5508 }
5509 }
5510 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5511
5512 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5513 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5514 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5515 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5516 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5517 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5518 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5519 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5520 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5521 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5522 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5523 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5524 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5525 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5526 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5527 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5528 || (r->last_os == NULL
5529 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5530 || (r->last_os != NULL
5531 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5532 .bfd_section->vma))))
5533 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
5534 && os->lma_region == NULL
5535 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5536 r->last_os = s;
5537
5538 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5539 break;
5540
5541 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5542 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5543 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5544 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5545 else
5546 dotdelta = 0;
5547 dot += dotdelta;
5548
5549 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5550 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5551
5552 /* Update dot in the region ?
5553 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5554 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5555 overall size in memory. */
5556 if (os->region != NULL
5557 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5558 {
5559 os->region->current = dot;
5560
5561 if (check_regions)
5562 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5563 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5564 os->bfd_section->vma);
5565
5566 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5567 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5568 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5569 {
5570 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5571
5572 if (check_regions)
5573 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5574 os->bfd_section->lma);
5575 }
5576 }
5577 }
5578 break;
5579
5580 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5581 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5582 output_section_statement,
5583 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5584 break;
5585
5586 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5587 {
5588 unsigned int size = 0;
5589
5590 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5591 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5592 s->data_statement.output_section =
5593 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5594
5595 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5596 need to mark them as needed. */
5597 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5598
5599 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5600 {
5601 default:
5602 abort ();
5603 case QUAD:
5604 case SQUAD:
5605 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5606 break;
5607 case LONG:
5608 size = LONG_SIZE;
5609 break;
5610 case SHORT:
5611 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5612 break;
5613 case BYTE:
5614 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5615 break;
5616 }
5617 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5618 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5619 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5620 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5621 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5622 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5623 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5624
5625 }
5626 break;
5627
5628 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5629 {
5630 int size;
5631
5632 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5633 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5634 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5635 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5636 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5637 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5638 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5639 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5640 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5641 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5642 }
5643 break;
5644
5645 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5646 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5647 output_section_statement,
5648 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5649 break;
5650
5651 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5652 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
5653 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5654 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5655 break;
5656
5657 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5658 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5659 break;
5660
5661 case lang_input_section_enum:
5662 {
5663 asection *i;
5664
5665 i = s->input_section.section;
5666 if (relax)
5667 {
5668 bfd_boolean again;
5669
5670 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5671 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5672 if (again)
5673 *relax = TRUE;
5674 }
5675 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5676 fill, dot);
5677 }
5678 break;
5679
5680 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5681 break;
5682
5683 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5684 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5685 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5686
5687 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5688 break;
5689
5690 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5691 {
5692 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5693 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5694
5695 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5696
5697 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5698 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5699 &newdot);
5700
5701 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5702
5703 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5704
5705 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5706 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5707 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5708 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5709 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5710 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5711
5712 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5713 {
5714 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5715 {
5716 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5717 the default memory address. */
5718 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5719 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5720 }
5721 else if (newdot != dot)
5722 {
5723 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5724 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5725 assignment references dot. */
5726 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5727 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5728
5729 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5730 s = s->header.next;
5731
5732 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5733 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5734 user has explicitly stated that the section
5735 should not be allocated. */
5736 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5737 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5738 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5739 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5740 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5741 }
5742 dot = newdot;
5743 }
5744 }
5745 break;
5746
5747 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5748 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5749 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5750 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5751 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5752 will be added back in. */
5753 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5754
5755 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5756 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5757 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5758 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5759 a pad size of zero. */
5760 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5761 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5762 break;
5763
5764 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5765 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5766 output_section_statement,
5767 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5768 break;
5769
5770 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5771 break;
5772
5773 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5774 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5775 break;
5776
5777 default:
5778 FAIL ();
5779 break;
5780 }
5781 prev = &s->header.next;
5782 }
5783 return dot;
5784 }
5785
5786 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5787 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5788 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5789 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5790
5791 bfd_boolean
5792 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5793 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5794 asection *current_section,
5795 asection *previous_section,
5796 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5797 {
5798 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
5799 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
5800
5801 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
5802 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
5803 if (new_segment)
5804 return TRUE;
5805
5806 /* Paranoia checks. */
5807 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
5808 return new_segment;
5809
5810 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
5811 sections comingled in the same segment. */
5812 if (config.separate_code
5813 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
5814 return TRUE;
5815
5816 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
5817 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
5818 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
5819 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
5820 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
5821 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
5822
5823 /* More paranoia. */
5824 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
5825 return new_segment;
5826
5827 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
5828 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
5829 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
5830 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
5831 return cur->region != prev->region;
5832 }
5833
5834 void
5835 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5836 {
5837 lang_statement_iteration++;
5838 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
5839 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
5840 }
5841
5842 static bfd_boolean
5843 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
5844 {
5845 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
5846 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
5847 bfd_vma first, last;
5848
5849 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5850 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
5851 if (first && last
5852 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
5853 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
5854 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
5855 {
5856 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
5857 return TRUE;
5858 }
5859
5860 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
5861 return FALSE;
5862 }
5863
5864 static bfd_vma
5865 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
5866 {
5867 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
5868 asection *sec;
5869
5870 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
5871 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
5872 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
5873
5874 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
5875 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
5876
5877 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
5878 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
5879 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
5880 && sec->vma >= seg->base
5881 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
5882 {
5883 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
5884 desired? */
5885 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
5886
5887 end = start = sec->vma;
5888 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
5889 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
5890 bump = desired_end - end;
5891 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
5892 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
5893 start += bump;
5894 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
5895 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
5896 desired_end = start;
5897 }
5898
5899 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
5900 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
5901 seg->base = desired_end;
5902 return relro_end;
5903 }
5904
5905 static bfd_boolean
5906 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5907 {
5908 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
5909 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
5910 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
5911
5912 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5913 {
5914 do_data_relro = TRUE;
5915 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
5916 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
5917 }
5918 else
5919 {
5920 do_data_relro = FALSE;
5921 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
5922 }
5923
5924 if (do_data_relro)
5925 {
5926 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5927 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5928
5929 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
5930 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
5931 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
5932 {
5933 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
5934 do_reset = TRUE;
5935 }
5936 }
5937
5938 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
5939 do_reset = TRUE;
5940
5941 return do_reset;
5942 }
5943
5944 void
5945 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
5946 {
5947 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
5948 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
5949
5950 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5951
5952 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
5953 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
5954
5955 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
5956 {
5957 bfd_boolean do_reset
5958 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
5959
5960 if (do_reset)
5961 {
5962 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
5963 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
5964 }
5965
5966 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
5967 {
5968 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
5969 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
5970 }
5971 }
5972 }
5973
5974 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
5975 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
5976 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
5977
5978 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
5979
5980 static bfd_vma
5981 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5982 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
5983 fill_type *fill,
5984 bfd_vma dot,
5985 bfd_boolean *found_end)
5986 {
5987 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5988 {
5989 switch (s->header.type)
5990 {
5991 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5992 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
5993 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
5994 break;
5995
5996 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5997 {
5998 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5999 bfd_vma newdot;
6000
6001 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
6002 os->after_end = *found_end;
6003 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
6004 {
6005 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6006 {
6007 current_section = os;
6008 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6009 }
6010 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6011 }
6012 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6013 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
6014 if (!os->ignored)
6015 {
6016 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6017 {
6018 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6019 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6020 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6021 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6022
6023 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6024 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
6025 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6026 }
6027 else
6028 dot = newdot;
6029 }
6030 }
6031 break;
6032
6033 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6034
6035 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6036 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6037 break;
6038
6039 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6040 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6041 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6042 break;
6043
6044 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6045 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6046 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6047 {
6048 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6049 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6050 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6051 }
6052 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6053 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6054 {
6055 unsigned int size;
6056 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6057 {
6058 default:
6059 abort ();
6060 case QUAD:
6061 case SQUAD:
6062 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6063 break;
6064 case LONG:
6065 size = LONG_SIZE;
6066 break;
6067 case SHORT:
6068 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6069 break;
6070 case BYTE:
6071 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6072 break;
6073 }
6074 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6075 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6076 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6077 }
6078 break;
6079
6080 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6081 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6082 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6083 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6084 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6085 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6086 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6087 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6088 break;
6089
6090 case lang_input_section_enum:
6091 {
6092 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6093
6094 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6095 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6096 }
6097 break;
6098
6099 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6100 break;
6101
6102 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6103 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6104 break;
6105
6106 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6107 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6108 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6109 {
6110 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6111
6112 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6113 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6114
6115 while (*p == '_')
6116 ++p;
6117 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6118 *found_end = TRUE;
6119 }
6120 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6121 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6122 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6123 &dot);
6124 break;
6125
6126 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6127 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6128 break;
6129
6130 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6131 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6132 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6133 break;
6134
6135 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6136 break;
6137
6138 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6139 break;
6140
6141 default:
6142 FAIL ();
6143 break;
6144 }
6145 }
6146 return dot;
6147 }
6148
6149 void
6150 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6151 {
6152 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6153
6154 current_section = NULL;
6155 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6156 expld.phase = phase;
6157 lang_statement_iteration++;
6158 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6159 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6160 }
6161
6162 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6163 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6164 of "dot". */
6165
6166 asection *
6167 section_for_dot (void)
6168 {
6169 asection *s;
6170
6171 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6172 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6173 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6174 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6175 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6176 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6177 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6178 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6179 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6180 {
6181 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6182 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6183
6184 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6185 stmt != NULL;
6186 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6187 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6188 break;
6189
6190 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6191 while (os != NULL
6192 && !os->after_end
6193 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6194 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6195 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6196 os->bfd_section)))
6197 os = os->next;
6198
6199 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6200 {
6201 if (os != NULL)
6202 s = os->bfd_section;
6203 else
6204 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6205 while (s != NULL
6206 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6207 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6208 s = s->prev;
6209 if (s != NULL)
6210 return s;
6211
6212 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6213 }
6214 }
6215
6216 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6217
6218 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6219 while (s != NULL
6220 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6221 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6222 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6223 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6224 s = s->prev;
6225 if (s == NULL)
6226 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6227 while (s != NULL
6228 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6229 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6230 s = s->next;
6231 if (s != NULL)
6232 return s;
6233
6234 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6235 }
6236
6237 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6238
6239 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6240 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6241 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6242
6243 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6244 to start_stop_syms. */
6245
6246 static void
6247 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6248 {
6249 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6250
6251 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6252 if (h != NULL)
6253 {
6254 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6255 {
6256 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6257 start_stop_syms
6258 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6259 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6260 }
6261 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6262 }
6263 }
6264
6265 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6266 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6267 preliminary definitions. */
6268
6269 static void
6270 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6271 {
6272 bfd *abfd;
6273 asection *s;
6274 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6275
6276 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6277 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6278 {
6279 const char *ps;
6280 const char *secname = s->name;
6281
6282 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6283 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6284 break;
6285 if (*ps == '\0')
6286 {
6287 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6288
6289 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6290 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6291 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6292
6293 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6294 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6295 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6296
6297 free (symbol);
6298 }
6299 }
6300 }
6301
6302 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6303
6304 static void
6305 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6306 {
6307 size_t i;
6308
6309 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6310 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6311 }
6312
6313 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6314 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6315 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6316 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6317 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6318
6319 static void
6320 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6321 {
6322 if (h->ldscript_def)
6323 return;
6324
6325 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6326 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6327 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6328 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6329 {
6330 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6331 h->u.def.section->name);
6332 if (sec != NULL)
6333 {
6334 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6335 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6336 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6337 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6338 if there is still an output section with section name
6339 SECNAME. */
6340 asection *i;
6341 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6342 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6343 {
6344 h->u.def.section = i;
6345 return;
6346 }
6347 }
6348 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6349 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6350 }
6351 }
6352
6353 static void
6354 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6355 {
6356 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6357 }
6358
6359 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6360 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6361 preliminary definitions. */
6362
6363 static void
6364 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6365 {
6366 asection *s;
6367
6368 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6369 {
6370 const char *secname = s->name;
6371 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6372
6373 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6374 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6375
6376 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6377 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6378 free (symbol);
6379 }
6380 }
6381
6382 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6383
6384 static void
6385 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6386 {
6387 if (h->ldscript_def
6388 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6389 return;
6390
6391 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6392 {
6393 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6394 .startof. already has final value. */
6395 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6396 {
6397 /* .sizeof. */
6398 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6399 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6400 }
6401 }
6402 else
6403 {
6404 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6405 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6406
6407 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6408 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6409 {
6410 /* __stop_ */
6411 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6412 }
6413 }
6414 }
6415
6416 static void
6417 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6418 {
6419 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6420 }
6421
6422 static void
6423 lang_end (void)
6424 {
6425 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6426 bfd_boolean warn;
6427
6428 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6429 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6430 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6431 else
6432 warn = TRUE;
6433
6434 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6435 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6436 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6437 && link_info.gc_sections
6438 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported
6439 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6440 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6441 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6442
6443 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6444 {
6445 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6446 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6447 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6448 warn = FALSE;
6449 }
6450
6451 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6452 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6453 if (h != NULL
6454 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6455 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6456 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6457 {
6458 bfd_vma val;
6459
6460 val = (h->u.def.value
6461 + bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd,
6462 h->u.def.section->output_section)
6463 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6464 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6465 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6466 }
6467 else
6468 {
6469 bfd_vma val;
6470 const char *send;
6471
6472 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6473 number. */
6474 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6475 if (*send == '\0')
6476 {
6477 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6478 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6479 }
6480 else
6481 {
6482 asection *ts;
6483
6484 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6485 the first address in the text section. */
6486 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6487 if (ts != NULL)
6488 {
6489 if (warn)
6490 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6491 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6492 entry_symbol.name,
6493 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts));
6494 if (!(bfd_set_start_address
6495 (link_info.output_bfd,
6496 bfd_get_section_vma (link_info.output_bfd, ts))))
6497 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6498 }
6499 else
6500 {
6501 if (warn)
6502 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6503 " not setting start address\n"),
6504 entry_symbol.name);
6505 }
6506 }
6507 }
6508 }
6509
6510 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6511 BFD. */
6512
6513 static void
6514 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6515 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6516 {
6517 /* Don't do anything. */
6518 }
6519
6520 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6521 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6522 other checking that is needed. */
6523
6524 static void
6525 lang_check (void)
6526 {
6527 lang_input_statement_type *file;
6528 bfd *input_bfd;
6529 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6530
6531 for (file = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
6532 file != NULL;
6533 file = file->next)
6534 {
6535 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6536 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6537 if (file->flags.claimed)
6538 continue;
6539 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6540 input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
6541 compatible
6542 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6543 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6544
6545 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6546 link between differing object formats when the input
6547 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6548 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6549 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6550 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6551 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6552 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6553 && (compatible == NULL
6554 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6555 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6556 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6557 {
6558 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6559 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6560 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6561 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6562 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6563 }
6564
6565 if (compatible == NULL)
6566 {
6567 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6568 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6569 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6570 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6571 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6572 }
6573 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6574 {
6575 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6576 private data of the output bfd. */
6577
6578 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6579
6580 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6581 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6582 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6583 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6584 information which is needed in the output file. */
6585 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6586 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6587 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6588 {
6589 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6590 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6591 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6592 }
6593 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6594 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6595 }
6596 }
6597 }
6598
6599 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6600 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6601 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6602
6603 static void
6604 lang_common (void)
6605 {
6606 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6607 return;
6608 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6609 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6610 return;
6611
6612 if (!config.sort_common)
6613 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6614 else
6615 {
6616 unsigned int power;
6617
6618 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6619 {
6620 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6621 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6622
6623 power = 0;
6624 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6625 }
6626 else
6627 {
6628 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6629 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6630
6631 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6632 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6633 }
6634 }
6635 }
6636
6637 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6638
6639 static bfd_boolean
6640 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6641 {
6642 unsigned int power_of_two;
6643 bfd_vma size;
6644 asection *section;
6645
6646 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6647 return TRUE;
6648
6649 size = h->u.c.size;
6650 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6651
6652 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6653 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6654 return TRUE;
6655 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6656 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6657 return TRUE;
6658
6659 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6660 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6661 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6662 h->root.string);
6663
6664 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6665 {
6666 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6667 int len;
6668 char *name;
6669 char buf[50];
6670
6671 if (!header_printed)
6672 {
6673 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6674 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6675 header_printed = TRUE;
6676 }
6677
6678 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6679 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6680 if (name == NULL)
6681 {
6682 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6683 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6684 }
6685 else
6686 {
6687 minfo ("%s", name);
6688 len = strlen (name);
6689 free (name);
6690 }
6691
6692 if (len >= 19)
6693 {
6694 print_nl ();
6695 len = 0;
6696 }
6697 while (len < 20)
6698 {
6699 print_space ();
6700 ++len;
6701 }
6702
6703 minfo ("0x");
6704 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6705 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6706 else
6707 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6708 minfo ("%s", buf);
6709 len = strlen (buf);
6710
6711 while (len < 16)
6712 {
6713 print_space ();
6714 ++len;
6715 }
6716
6717 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6718 }
6719
6720 return TRUE;
6721 }
6722
6723 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6724 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6725 option are handled here. */
6726
6727 static void
6728 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6729 {
6730 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6731 {
6732 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6733 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6734 TRUE);
6735 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6736 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6737 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6738 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6739 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6740 }
6741 else
6742 {
6743 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6744 const char *name = s->name;
6745 int constraint = 0;
6746
6747 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6748 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
6749 s, s->owner);
6750
6751 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6752 constraint = SPECIAL;
6753
6754 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6755 if (os == NULL)
6756 {
6757 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6758 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6759 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6760 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6761 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6762 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6763 }
6764
6765 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6766 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6767 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
6768 s, s->owner, os->name);
6769 }
6770 }
6771
6772 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6773 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6774 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6775
6776 static void
6777 lang_place_orphans (void)
6778 {
6779 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6780 {
6781 asection *s;
6782
6783 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6784 {
6785 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6786 {
6787 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6788 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6789
6790 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6791 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6792 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6793 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6794 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6795 {
6796 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6797 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6798 with the wildcard. */
6799 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6800 || command_line.force_common_definition)
6801 {
6802 if (default_common_section == NULL)
6803 default_common_section
6804 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
6805 TRUE);
6806 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
6807 NULL, default_common_section);
6808 }
6809 }
6810 else
6811 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
6812 }
6813 }
6814 }
6815 }
6816
6817 void
6818 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
6819 {
6820 flagword *ptr_flags;
6821
6822 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6823
6824 while (*flags)
6825 {
6826 switch (*flags)
6827 {
6828 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
6829 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
6830 case '!':
6831 invert = !invert;
6832 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
6833 break;
6834
6835 case 'A': case 'a':
6836 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
6837 break;
6838
6839 case 'R': case 'r':
6840 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
6841 break;
6842
6843 case 'W': case 'w':
6844 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
6845 break;
6846
6847 case 'X': case 'x':
6848 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
6849 break;
6850
6851 case 'L': case 'l':
6852 case 'I': case 'i':
6853 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
6854 break;
6855
6856 default:
6857 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
6858 *flags, *flags);
6859 break;
6860 }
6861 flags++;
6862 }
6863 }
6864
6865 /* Call a function on each input file. This function will be called
6866 on an archive, but not on the elements. */
6867
6868 void
6869 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6870 {
6871 lang_input_statement_type *f;
6872
6873 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
6874 f != NULL;
6875 f = f->next_real_file)
6876 func (f);
6877 }
6878
6879 /* Call a function on each file. The function will be called on all
6880 the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but will
6881 not be called on the archive file itself. */
6882
6883 void
6884 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
6885 {
6886 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
6887 {
6888 func (f);
6889 }
6890 }
6891
6892 void
6893 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
6894 {
6895 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
6896
6897 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
6898 a link. */
6899 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
6900 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
6901
6902 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
6903 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
6904 entry->the_bfd->usrdata = entry;
6905 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
6906
6907 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
6908 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
6909 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
6910 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
6911 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
6912 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
6913 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
6914 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
6915 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
6916
6917 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
6918 }
6919
6920 void
6921 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
6922 {
6923 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
6924 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
6925 {
6926 output_filename = name;
6927 had_output_filename = TRUE;
6928 }
6929 }
6930
6931 lang_output_section_statement_type *
6932 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
6933 etree_type *address_exp,
6934 enum section_type sectype,
6935 etree_type *align,
6936 etree_type *subalign,
6937 etree_type *ebase,
6938 int constraint,
6939 int align_with_input)
6940 {
6941 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6942
6943 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
6944 constraint, TRUE);
6945 current_section = os;
6946
6947 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
6948 {
6949 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
6950 }
6951 os->sectype = sectype;
6952 if (sectype != noload_section)
6953 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
6954 else
6955 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
6956 os->block_value = 1;
6957
6958 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
6959 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
6960
6961 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
6962 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
6963 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
6964 NULL);
6965
6966 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
6967 os->section_alignment = align;
6968
6969 os->load_base = ebase;
6970 return os;
6971 }
6972
6973 void
6974 lang_final (void)
6975 {
6976 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
6977
6978 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
6979 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
6980 }
6981
6982 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
6983
6984 void
6985 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
6986 {
6987 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
6988 asection *o;
6989 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6990
6991 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
6992 {
6993 p->current = p->origin;
6994 p->last_os = NULL;
6995 }
6996
6997 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
6998 os != NULL;
6999 os = os->next)
7000 {
7001 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
7002 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
7003 }
7004
7005 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7006 {
7007 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7008 o->rawsize = o->size;
7009 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7010 o->size = 0;
7011 }
7012 }
7013
7014 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7015
7016 static void
7017 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7018 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7019 asection *section,
7020 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7021 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7022 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7023 {
7024 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7025 should be as well. */
7026 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7027 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7028 }
7029
7030 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7031
7032 static void
7033 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7034 {
7035 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7036 {
7037 switch (s->header.type)
7038 {
7039 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7040 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7041 break;
7042 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7043 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7044 break;
7045 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7046 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7047 break;
7048 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7049 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7050 break;
7051 default:
7052 break;
7053 }
7054 }
7055 }
7056
7057 static void
7058 lang_gc_sections (void)
7059 {
7060 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7061 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7062
7063 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7064 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7065 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7066 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7067 {
7068 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7069 {
7070 asection *sec;
7071 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7072 if (f->flags.claimed)
7073 continue;
7074 #endif
7075 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7076 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7077 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7078 }
7079 }
7080
7081 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7082 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7083 }
7084
7085 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7086
7087 static void
7088 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7089 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7090 asection *section,
7091 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7092 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7093 void *data)
7094 {
7095 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7096 size. */
7097 if (section->output_section != NULL
7098 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7099 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7100 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7101 && section->size != 0)
7102 {
7103 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7104 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7105 }
7106 }
7107
7108 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7109
7110 static void
7111 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7112 seg_align_type *seg,
7113 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7114 {
7115 if (*has_relro_section)
7116 return;
7117
7118 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7119 {
7120 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7121 break;
7122
7123 switch (s->header.type)
7124 {
7125 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7126 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7127 find_relro_section_callback,
7128 has_relro_section);
7129 break;
7130 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7131 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7132 seg, has_relro_section);
7133 break;
7134 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7135 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7136 seg, has_relro_section);
7137 break;
7138 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7139 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7140 seg, has_relro_section);
7141 break;
7142 default:
7143 break;
7144 }
7145 }
7146 }
7147
7148 static void
7149 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7150 {
7151 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7152
7153 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7154
7155 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7156 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7157
7158 if (!has_relro_section)
7159 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7160 }
7161
7162 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7163
7164 void
7165 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7166 {
7167 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7168 {
7169 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7170 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7171
7172 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7173 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7174
7175 while (i--)
7176 {
7177 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7178 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7179
7180 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7181 do
7182 {
7183 link_info.relax_trip++;
7184
7185 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7186 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7187 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7188
7189 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7190 section sizes. */
7191 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7192
7193 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7194 size. */
7195 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7196
7197 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7198 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7199 relax_again = FALSE;
7200 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7201 }
7202 while (relax_again);
7203
7204 link_info.relax_pass++;
7205 }
7206 need_layout = TRUE;
7207 }
7208
7209 if (need_layout)
7210 {
7211 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7212 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7213 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7214 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7215 }
7216 }
7217
7218 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7219 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7220 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7221 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7222 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7223 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7224 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7225 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7226 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7227 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7228 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7229
7230 static lang_input_statement_type *
7231 find_replacements_insert_point (bfd_boolean *before)
7232 {
7233 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7234 lastobject = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7235 for (claim1 = &file_chain.head->input_statement;
7236 claim1 != NULL;
7237 claim1 = claim1->next)
7238 {
7239 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7240 {
7241 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7242 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7243 }
7244 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7245 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7246 lastobject = claim1;
7247 }
7248 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7249 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7250 insert point. */
7251 *before = FALSE;
7252 return lastobject;
7253 }
7254
7255 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7256 added during a rescan. */
7257
7258 static lang_input_statement_type **
7259 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7260 {
7261 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7262 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7263 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7264 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7265 lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
7266
7267 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7268 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7269
7270 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7271 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7272 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7273 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7274 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7275 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7276 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7277 for (f = &input_file_chain.head->input_statement;
7278 f != NULL;
7279 f = f->next_real_file)
7280 {
7281 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7282 {
7283 before = last_loaded;
7284 if (f->next != NULL)
7285 return &f->next->next;
7286 }
7287 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7288 last_loaded = f;
7289 }
7290
7291 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7292 *iter != NULL;
7293 iter = &(*iter)->next)
7294 if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
7295 && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7296 break;
7297
7298 return iter;
7299 }
7300
7301 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7302 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7303 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7304
7305 static void
7306 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7307 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7308 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7309 {
7310 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7311 *field = srclist->head;
7312 if (destlist->tail == field)
7313 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7314 }
7315
7316 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7317 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7318
7319 static void
7320 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7321 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7322 {
7323 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7324 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7325 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7326 savetail = origlist->tail;
7327 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7328 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7329 destlist->tail = savetail;
7330 *savetail = NULL;
7331 }
7332
7333 static lang_statement_union_type **
7334 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7335 {
7336 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7337 {
7338 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7339 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7340 {
7341 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7342 return s;
7343 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7344 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7345 break;
7346 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7347 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7348 break;
7349 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7350 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7351 break;
7352 default:
7353 continue;
7354 }
7355 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7356 if (*t)
7357 return t;
7358 }
7359 return s;
7360 }
7361 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7362
7363 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7364
7365 void
7366 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7367 {
7368 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7369
7370 if (name == NULL)
7371 return;
7372
7373 sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7374
7375 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7376 sym->name = name;
7377 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7378 }
7379
7380 /* Check relocations. */
7381
7382 static void
7383 lang_check_relocs (void)
7384 {
7385 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7386 {
7387 bfd *abfd;
7388
7389 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7390 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7391 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7392 {
7393 /* No object output, fail return. */
7394 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7395 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7396 continue the scan in case there are other
7397 bad relocations to report. */
7398 }
7399 }
7400 }
7401
7402 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7403 propagate forward the lma region. */
7404
7405 static void
7406 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7407 {
7408 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7409
7410 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
7411 os != NULL;
7412 os = os->next)
7413 {
7414 if (os->prev != NULL
7415 && os->lma_region == NULL
7416 && os->load_base == NULL
7417 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7418 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7419 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7420 }
7421 }
7422
7423 void
7424 lang_process (void)
7425 {
7426 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7427 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7428 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7429
7430 current_target = default_target;
7431
7432 /* Open the output file. */
7433 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7434 init_opb ();
7435
7436 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7437
7438 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7439 lang_place_undefineds ();
7440
7441 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7442 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7443
7444 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7445 current_target = default_target;
7446 lang_statement_iteration++;
7447 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7448 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7449 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7450 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7451
7452 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7453 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7454 {
7455 lang_statement_list_type added;
7456 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7457
7458 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7459 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7460 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7461 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7462 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7463 file. */
7464 added = *stat_ptr;
7465 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7466 files = file_chain;
7467 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7468 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7469 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7470 plugin_error_plugin ());
7471 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7472 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
7473 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7474 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
7475 plugin_undefs = NULL;
7476 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7477 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7478 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7479 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7480 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7481 /* Were any new files added? */
7482 if (added.head != NULL)
7483 {
7484 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7485 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
7486 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
7487 immediately before. */
7488 bfd_boolean before;
7489 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
7490 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
7491 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7492 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7493 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7494 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7495 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7496 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7497 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7498 if (before)
7499 {
7500 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
7501 if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
7502 {
7503 /* Huh? We didn't find the expected input statement. */
7504 ASSERT (0);
7505 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7506 }
7507 }
7508 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
7509 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7510 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7511 (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7512 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7513 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7514 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7515 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7516 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
7517 (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
7518 else
7519 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7520
7521 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7522 files = file_chain;
7523 lang_statement_iteration++;
7524 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7525 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7526 while (files.head != NULL)
7527 {
7528 lang_input_statement_type **insert;
7529 lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
7530 bfd *my_arch;
7531
7532 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7533 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7534 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7535 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7536 if (my_arch != NULL)
7537 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
7538 if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7539 break;
7540 temp = *insert;
7541 *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
7542 files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
7543 *iter = temp;
7544 if (my_arch != NULL)
7545 {
7546 lang_input_statement_type *parent = my_arch->usrdata;
7547 if (parent != NULL)
7548 parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
7549 ((char *) iter
7550 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7551 }
7552 }
7553 }
7554 }
7555 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7556
7557 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7558 before now. */
7559 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7560
7561 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7562
7563 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7564 {
7565 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7566
7567 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7568 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7569 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7570 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7571 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7572 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7573 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7574 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7575 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7576 }
7577
7578 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7579 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7580
7581 ldemul_after_open ();
7582 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7583 lang_print_asneeded ();
7584
7585 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7586
7587 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7588 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7589 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7590 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7591 link. */
7592 lang_check ();
7593
7594 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7595 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7596 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7597
7598 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7599 files. */
7600 ldctor_build_sets ();
7601
7602 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7603 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7604 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7605 if (config.build_constructors)
7606 lang_init_start_stop ();
7607
7608 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7609 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7610 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7611 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7612
7613 /* Size up the common data. */
7614 lang_common ();
7615
7616 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7617 lang_gc_sections ();
7618
7619 /* Check relocations. */
7620 lang_check_relocs ();
7621
7622 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7623
7624 /* Update wild statements. */
7625 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7626
7627 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7628 to the correct output sections. */
7629 lang_statement_iteration++;
7630 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7631
7632 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
7633 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
7634 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
7635
7636 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7637 lang_place_orphans ();
7638
7639 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7640 {
7641 asection *found;
7642
7643 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7644 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7645 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7646 is hard then. */
7647 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7648
7649 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7650 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7651
7652 if (found != NULL)
7653 {
7654 if (config.text_read_only)
7655 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7656 else
7657 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7658 }
7659 }
7660
7661 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7662 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7663
7664 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7665 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7666 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7667 if (config.build_constructors)
7668 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7669
7670 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7671 dynamic symbols are created. */
7672 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7673 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7674
7675 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7676 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7677 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7678
7679 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7680 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7681 lang_record_phdrs ();
7682
7683 /* Check relro sections. */
7684 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7685 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7686
7687 /* Size up the sections. */
7688 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7689
7690 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7691 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7692 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7693
7694 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7695 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7696
7697 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
7698 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
7699 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
7700 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
7701 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
7702 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7703
7704 ldemul_finish ();
7705
7706 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7707 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7708
7709 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7710 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7711 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7712
7713 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7714 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7715
7716 lang_end ();
7717 }
7718
7719 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7720
7721 void
7722 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7723 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7724 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7725 {
7726 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7727 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7728
7729 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7730 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7731 curr != NULL;
7732 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7733 {
7734 next = curr->next;
7735 curr->next = section_list;
7736 }
7737
7738 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7739 {
7740 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7741 filespec->name = NULL;
7742 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7743 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7744 }
7745
7746 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7747 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7748 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7749 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7750 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7751 if (filespec != NULL)
7752 {
7753 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7754 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7755 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7756 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7757 }
7758 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7759 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7760 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7761 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7762 }
7763
7764 void
7765 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7766 const segment_type *segment)
7767 {
7768 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7769
7770 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7771 ad->section_name = name;
7772 ad->address = address;
7773 ad->segment = segment;
7774 }
7775
7776 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7777 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7778 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7779 precedence. */
7780
7781 void
7782 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7783 {
7784 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7785 || cmdline
7786 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7787 {
7788 entry_symbol.name = name;
7789 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
7790 }
7791 }
7792
7793 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
7794 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
7795 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
7796 must be permanently allocated. */
7797 void
7798 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
7799 {
7800 entry_symbol_default = name;
7801 }
7802
7803 void
7804 lang_add_target (const char *name)
7805 {
7806 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
7807
7808 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
7809 new_stmt->target = name;
7810 }
7811
7812 void
7813 lang_add_map (const char *name)
7814 {
7815 while (*name)
7816 {
7817 switch (*name)
7818 {
7819 case 'F':
7820 map_option_f = TRUE;
7821 break;
7822 }
7823 name++;
7824 }
7825 }
7826
7827 void
7828 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
7829 {
7830 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
7831
7832 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
7833 new_stmt->fill = fill;
7834 }
7835
7836 void
7837 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
7838 {
7839 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
7840
7841 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
7842 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7843 new_stmt->type = type;
7844 }
7845
7846 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
7847 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
7848 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
7849 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
7850 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
7851 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
7852
7853 void
7854 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
7855 reloc_howto_type *howto,
7856 asection *section,
7857 const char *name,
7858 union etree_union *addend)
7859 {
7860 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
7861
7862 p->reloc = reloc;
7863 p->howto = howto;
7864 p->section = section;
7865 p->name = name;
7866 p->addend_exp = addend;
7867
7868 p->addend_value = 0;
7869 p->output_section = NULL;
7870 p->output_offset = 0;
7871 }
7872
7873 lang_assignment_statement_type *
7874 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
7875 {
7876 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
7877
7878 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
7879 new_stmt->exp = exp;
7880 return new_stmt;
7881 }
7882
7883 void
7884 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
7885 {
7886 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
7887 }
7888
7889 void
7890 lang_startup (const char *name)
7891 {
7892 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
7893 {
7894 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
7895 }
7896 first_file->filename = name;
7897 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
7898 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
7899 }
7900
7901 void
7902 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
7903 {
7904 lang_float_flag = maybe;
7905 }
7906
7907
7908 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
7909 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
7910
7911 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
7912 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
7913 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
7914 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
7915 had an explicit load address.
7916
7917 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
7918
7919 static void
7920 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
7921 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
7922 const char *memspec,
7923 const char *lma_memspec,
7924 bfd_boolean have_lma,
7925 bfd_boolean have_vma)
7926 {
7927 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
7928
7929 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
7930 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
7931 as well. */
7932 if (lma_memspec != NULL
7933 && !have_vma
7934 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
7935 *region = *lma_region;
7936 else
7937 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
7938
7939 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
7940 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
7941 NULL);
7942 }
7943
7944 void
7945 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
7946 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
7947 const char *lma_memspec)
7948 {
7949 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
7950 &current_section->lma_region,
7951 memspec, lma_memspec,
7952 current_section->load_base != NULL,
7953 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
7954
7955 current_section->fill = fill;
7956 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
7957 pop_stat_ptr ();
7958 }
7959
7960 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
7961
7962 void
7963 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
7964 const char *big,
7965 const char *little,
7966 int from_script)
7967 {
7968 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
7969 {
7970 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
7971 && big != NULL)
7972 format = big;
7973 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
7974 && little != NULL)
7975 format = little;
7976
7977 output_target = format;
7978 }
7979 }
7980
7981 void
7982 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
7983 {
7984 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
7985
7986 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
7987 new_stmt->where = where;
7988 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
7989 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
7990 }
7991
7992 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
7993 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
7994
7995 void
7996 lang_enter_group (void)
7997 {
7998 lang_group_statement_type *g;
7999
8000 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8001 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8002 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8003 }
8004
8005 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8006 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8007 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8008 but currently they can't. */
8009
8010 void
8011 lang_leave_group (void)
8012 {
8013 pop_stat_ptr ();
8014 }
8015
8016 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8017 command in a linker script. */
8018
8019 void
8020 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8021 etree_type *type,
8022 bfd_boolean filehdr,
8023 bfd_boolean phdrs,
8024 etree_type *at,
8025 etree_type *flags)
8026 {
8027 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8028 bfd_boolean hdrs;
8029
8030 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8031 n->next = NULL;
8032 n->name = name;
8033 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
8034 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8035 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8036 n->at = at;
8037 n->flags = flags;
8038
8039 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8040
8041 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8042 if (hdrs
8043 && (*pp)->type == 1
8044 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8045 {
8046 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8047 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8048 hdrs = FALSE;
8049 }
8050
8051 *pp = n;
8052 }
8053
8054 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8055 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8056
8057 static void
8058 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8059 {
8060 unsigned int alc;
8061 asection **secs;
8062 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8063 struct lang_phdr *l;
8064 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8065
8066 alc = 10;
8067 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8068 last = NULL;
8069
8070 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8071 {
8072 unsigned int c;
8073 flagword flags;
8074 bfd_vma at;
8075
8076 c = 0;
8077 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
8078 os != NULL;
8079 os = os->next)
8080 {
8081 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8082
8083 if (os->constraint < 0)
8084 continue;
8085
8086 pl = os->phdrs;
8087 if (pl != NULL)
8088 last = pl;
8089 else
8090 {
8091 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8092 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8093 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8094 continue;
8095
8096 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8097 if (l->type == 3)
8098 continue;
8099
8100 if (last == NULL)
8101 {
8102 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8103
8104 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8105 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8106 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8107 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8108 header and there are sections in that script which are
8109 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8110 use of that header. See here for more details:
8111 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8112 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8113 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8114 {
8115 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8116 break;
8117 }
8118 if (last == NULL)
8119 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8120 }
8121 pl = last;
8122 }
8123
8124 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8125 continue;
8126
8127 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8128 {
8129 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8130 {
8131 if (c >= alc)
8132 {
8133 alc *= 2;
8134 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8135 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8136 }
8137 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8138 ++c;
8139 pl->used = TRUE;
8140 }
8141 }
8142 }
8143
8144 if (l->flags == NULL)
8145 flags = 0;
8146 else
8147 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8148
8149 if (l->at == NULL)
8150 at = 0;
8151 else
8152 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8153
8154 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8155 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8156 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8157 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8158 }
8159
8160 free (secs);
8161
8162 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8163 for (os = &lang_os_list.head->output_section_statement;
8164 os != NULL;
8165 os = os->next)
8166 {
8167 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8168
8169 if (os->constraint < 0
8170 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8171 continue;
8172
8173 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8174 pl != NULL;
8175 pl = pl->next)
8176 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8177 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8178 os->name, pl->name);
8179 }
8180 }
8181
8182 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8183
8184 void
8185 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8186 {
8187 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8188
8189 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8190 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8191 n->list = l;
8192 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8193 nocrossref_list = n;
8194
8195 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8196 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8197 }
8198
8199 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8200
8201 void
8202 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8203 {
8204 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8205 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8206 }
8207 \f
8208 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8209
8210 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8211 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8212 /* And subsection alignment. */
8213 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8214
8215 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8216 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8217
8218 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8219
8220 struct overlay_list {
8221 struct overlay_list *next;
8222 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8223 };
8224
8225 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8226
8227 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8228
8229 void
8230 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8231 {
8232 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8233 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8234 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8235 && overlay_max == NULL);
8236
8237 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8238 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8239 }
8240
8241 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8242 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8243 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8244
8245 void
8246 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8247 {
8248 struct overlay_list *n;
8249 etree_type *size;
8250
8251 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8252 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8253
8254 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8255 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8256 used in the addresses. */
8257 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8258 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8259
8260 /* Remember the section. */
8261 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8262 n->os = current_section;
8263 n->next = overlay_list;
8264 overlay_list = n;
8265
8266 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8267
8268 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8269 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8270 overlay_max = size;
8271 else
8272 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8273 }
8274
8275 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8276 here. */
8277
8278 void
8279 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8280 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8281 {
8282 const char *name;
8283 char *clean, *s2;
8284 const char *s1;
8285 char *buf;
8286
8287 name = current_section->name;
8288
8289 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8290 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8291 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8292 override it. */
8293 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8294
8295 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8296
8297 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8298 s2 = clean;
8299 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8300 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8301 *s2++ = *s1;
8302 *s2 = '\0';
8303
8304 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8305 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8306 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8307 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8308 FALSE));
8309
8310 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8311 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8312 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8313 exp_binop ('+',
8314 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8315 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8316 FALSE));
8317
8318 free (clean);
8319 }
8320
8321 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8322 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8323
8324 void
8325 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8326 int nocrossrefs,
8327 fill_type *fill,
8328 const char *memspec,
8329 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8330 const char *lma_memspec)
8331 {
8332 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8333 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8334 struct overlay_list *l;
8335 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8336
8337 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8338 memspec, lma_memspec,
8339 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8340
8341 nocrossref = NULL;
8342
8343 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8344 overlay region. */
8345 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8346 {
8347 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8348 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8349 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8350 }
8351
8352 l = overlay_list;
8353 while (l != NULL)
8354 {
8355 struct overlay_list *next;
8356
8357 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8358 l->os->fill = fill;
8359
8360 l->os->region = region;
8361 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8362
8363 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8364 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8365 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8366 an LMA region was specified. */
8367 if (l->next == 0)
8368 {
8369 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8370 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
8371 }
8372 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8373 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8374
8375 if (nocrossrefs)
8376 {
8377 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8378
8379 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8380 nc->name = l->os->name;
8381 nc->next = nocrossref;
8382 nocrossref = nc;
8383 }
8384
8385 next = l->next;
8386 free (l);
8387 l = next;
8388 }
8389
8390 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8391 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8392
8393 overlay_vma = NULL;
8394 overlay_list = NULL;
8395 overlay_max = NULL;
8396 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8397 }
8398 \f
8399 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8400
8401 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8402 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8403 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8404
8405 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8406 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8407 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8408 const char *sym)
8409 {
8410 const char *c_sym;
8411 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8412 const char *java_sym = sym;
8413 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8414 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8415
8416 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8417 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8418 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8419 if (!c_sym)
8420 c_sym = sym;
8421 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8422
8423 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8424 {
8425 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8426 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8427 if (!cxx_sym)
8428 cxx_sym = sym;
8429 }
8430 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8431 {
8432 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8433 if (!java_sym)
8434 java_sym = sym;
8435 }
8436
8437 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8438 {
8439 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8440
8441 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8442 {
8443 case 0:
8444 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8445 {
8446 e.pattern = c_sym;
8447 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8448 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8449 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8450 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8451 goto out_ret;
8452 else
8453 expr = expr->next;
8454 }
8455 /* Fallthrough */
8456 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8457 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8458 {
8459 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8460 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8461 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8462 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8463 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8464 goto out_ret;
8465 else
8466 expr = expr->next;
8467 }
8468 /* Fallthrough */
8469 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8470 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8471 {
8472 e.pattern = java_sym;
8473 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8474 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8475 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8476 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8477 goto out_ret;
8478 else
8479 expr = expr->next;
8480 }
8481 /* Fallthrough */
8482 default:
8483 break;
8484 }
8485 }
8486
8487 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8488 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8489 expr = head->remaining;
8490 else
8491 expr = prev->next;
8492 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8493 {
8494 const char *s;
8495
8496 if (!expr->pattern)
8497 continue;
8498
8499 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8500 break;
8501
8502 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8503 s = java_sym;
8504 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8505 s = cxx_sym;
8506 else
8507 s = c_sym;
8508 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8509 break;
8510 }
8511
8512 out_ret:
8513 if (c_sym != sym)
8514 free ((char *) c_sym);
8515 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8516 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8517 if (java_sym != sym)
8518 free ((char *) java_sym);
8519 return expr;
8520 }
8521
8522 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8523 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8524
8525 static const char *
8526 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8527 {
8528 const char *p;
8529 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8530 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8531
8532 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8533 {
8534 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8535 backslash. */
8536 if (backslash)
8537 {
8538 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8539 *(s - 1) = *p;
8540 backslash = FALSE;
8541 changed = TRUE;
8542 }
8543 else
8544 {
8545 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8546 {
8547 free (symbol);
8548 return NULL;
8549 }
8550
8551 *s++ = *p;
8552 backslash = *p == '\\';
8553 }
8554 }
8555
8556 if (changed)
8557 {
8558 *s = '\0';
8559 return symbol;
8560 }
8561 else
8562 {
8563 free (symbol);
8564 return pattern;
8565 }
8566 }
8567
8568 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8569 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8570 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8571
8572 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8573 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8574 const char *new_name,
8575 const char *lang,
8576 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8577 {
8578 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8579
8580 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8581 ret->next = orig;
8582 ret->symver = 0;
8583 ret->script = 0;
8584 ret->literal = TRUE;
8585 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8586 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8587 {
8588 ret->pattern = new_name;
8589 ret->literal = FALSE;
8590 }
8591
8592 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8593 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8594 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8595 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8596 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8597 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8598 else
8599 {
8600 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8601 lang);
8602 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8603 }
8604
8605 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8606 }
8607
8608 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8609 expressions. */
8610
8611 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8612 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8613 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8614 {
8615 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8616
8617 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8618 ret->globals.list = globals;
8619 ret->locals.list = locals;
8620 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8621 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8622 return ret;
8623 }
8624
8625 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8626
8627 static int version_index;
8628
8629 static hashval_t
8630 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8631 {
8632 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8633 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8634
8635 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8636 }
8637
8638 static int
8639 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8640 {
8641 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8642 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8643 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8644 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8645
8646 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8647 }
8648
8649 static void
8650 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8651 {
8652 size_t count = 0;
8653 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8654 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8655
8656 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8657 {
8658 if (e->literal)
8659 count++;
8660 head->mask |= e->mask;
8661 }
8662
8663 if (count)
8664 {
8665 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8666 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8667 list_loc = &head->list;
8668 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8669 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8670 {
8671 next = e->next;
8672 if (!e->literal)
8673 {
8674 *remaining_loc = e;
8675 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8676 }
8677 else
8678 {
8679 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8680
8681 if (*loc)
8682 {
8683 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8684
8685 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8686 last = NULL;
8687 do
8688 {
8689 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8690 {
8691 last = NULL;
8692 break;
8693 }
8694 last = e1;
8695 e1 = e1->next;
8696 }
8697 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8698
8699 if (last == NULL)
8700 {
8701 /* This is a duplicate. */
8702 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8703 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8704 /* free (e->pattern); */
8705 free (e);
8706 }
8707 else
8708 {
8709 e->next = last->next;
8710 last->next = e;
8711 }
8712 }
8713 else
8714 {
8715 *loc = e;
8716 *list_loc = e;
8717 list_loc = &e->next;
8718 }
8719 }
8720 }
8721 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8722 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8723 }
8724 else
8725 head->remaining = head->list;
8726 }
8727
8728 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8729 version. */
8730
8731 void
8732 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8733 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8734 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8735 {
8736 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8737 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8738
8739 if (name == NULL)
8740 name = "";
8741
8742 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8743 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8744 {
8745 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8746 " with other version tags\n"));
8747 free (version);
8748 return;
8749 }
8750
8751 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8752 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8753 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8754 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8755
8756 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8757 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8758
8759 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8760 aren't any duplicates. */
8761
8762 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8763 {
8764 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8765 {
8766 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8767
8768 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8769 {
8770 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8771 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8772 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8773 {
8774 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8775 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8776 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8777 e2 = e2->next;
8778 }
8779 }
8780 else if (!e1->literal)
8781 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8782 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8783 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8784 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8785 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8786 }
8787 }
8788
8789 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8790 {
8791 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8792 {
8793 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8794
8795 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
8796 {
8797 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8798 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
8799 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8800 {
8801 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8802 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8803 " in version information\n"),
8804 e1->pattern);
8805 e2 = e2->next;
8806 }
8807 }
8808 else if (!e1->literal)
8809 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8810 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8811 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8812 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8813 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8814 }
8815 }
8816
8817 version->deps = deps;
8818 version->name = name;
8819 if (name[0] != '\0')
8820 {
8821 ++version_index;
8822 version->vernum = version_index;
8823 }
8824 else
8825 version->vernum = 0;
8826
8827 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8828 ;
8829 *pp = version;
8830 }
8831
8832 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
8833
8834 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
8835 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
8836 {
8837 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
8838 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
8839
8840 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8841 ret->next = list;
8842
8843 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8844 {
8845 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8846 {
8847 ret->version_needed = t;
8848 return ret;
8849 }
8850 }
8851
8852 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
8853
8854 ret->version_needed = NULL;
8855 return ret;
8856 }
8857
8858 static void
8859 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
8860 {
8861 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
8862
8863 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
8864 {
8865 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
8866 char *contents, *p;
8867 bfd_size_type len;
8868
8869 if (sec == NULL)
8870 continue;
8871
8872 len = sec->size;
8873 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
8874 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
8875 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
8876
8877 p = contents;
8878 while (p < contents + len)
8879 {
8880 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
8881 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
8882 }
8883
8884 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
8885
8886 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
8887 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
8888 }
8889
8890 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
8891 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
8892 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
8893 }
8894
8895 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
8896
8897 static void
8898 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
8899 {
8900 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
8901
8902 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
8903 {
8904 if (r->origin_exp)
8905 {
8906 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
8907 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8908 {
8909 r->origin = expld.result.value;
8910 r->current = r->origin;
8911 }
8912 else
8913 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
8914 r->name_list.name);
8915 }
8916 if (r->length_exp)
8917 {
8918 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
8919 if (expld.result.valid_p)
8920 r->length = expld.result.value;
8921 else
8922 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
8923 r->name_list.name);
8924 }
8925 }
8926 }
8927
8928 void
8929 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
8930 {
8931 struct unique_sections *ent;
8932
8933 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
8934 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
8935 return;
8936
8937 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
8938 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
8939 ent->next = unique_section_list;
8940 unique_section_list = ent;
8941 }
8942
8943 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
8944
8945 void
8946 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
8947 {
8948 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
8949 {
8950 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
8951 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
8952 ;
8953 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
8954 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
8955 }
8956 else
8957 {
8958 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
8959
8960 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
8961 d->head.list = dynamic;
8962 d->match = lang_vers_match;
8963 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
8964 }
8965 }
8966
8967 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
8968 one. */
8969
8970 void
8971 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
8972 {
8973 const char *symbols[] =
8974 {
8975 "typeinfo name for*",
8976 "typeinfo for*"
8977 };
8978 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
8979 unsigned int i;
8980
8981 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
8982 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
8983 FALSE);
8984
8985 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
8986 }
8987
8988 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
8989 existing one. */
8990
8991 void
8992 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
8993 {
8994 const char *symbols[] =
8995 {
8996 "operator new*",
8997 "operator delete*"
8998 };
8999 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9000 unsigned int i;
9001
9002 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9003 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9004 FALSE);
9005
9006 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
9007 }
9008
9009 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9010
9011 void
9012 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9013 {
9014 char *p, *q;
9015
9016 p = str;
9017 while (*p)
9018 {
9019 char sep;
9020 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9021 ++p;
9022 if (!*p)
9023 break;
9024 q = p + 1;
9025 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9026 ++q;
9027 sep = *q;
9028 *q = 0;
9029 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9030 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
9031 else
9032 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9033 *q = sep;
9034 p = q;
9035 }
9036 }
9037
9038 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9039
9040 static void
9041 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
9042 {
9043 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9044 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
9045 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9046 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
9047 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9048 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
9049 else
9050 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
9051 }
9052
9053 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9054
9055 void
9056 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9057 {
9058 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9059
9060 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9061 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9062 {
9063 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9064 double percent;
9065
9066 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9067 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9068 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
9069
9070 percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9071
9072 printf (" %6.2f%%\n", percent);
9073 }
9074 }